Skip to main content

Full text of "Dimensions of need : an atlas of food and agriculture"

See other formats


Cocoa 180 

ST >» 


Dimensions 


NEED 


An Atlas of Food and Agriculture 


Copyrighted material 




Dimensions 

NEED 



An Atlas of Food and Agriculture 


Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations 
Rome, Italy 


This On® 






This book, issued on the occasion of the 50th Anniversary of the Food and Agriculture Organization 
of the United Nations, has been prepared with financial support from: 

British Overseas Development Administration 
Ministère français des Affaires étrangères 
Ministerio español de Agricultura. Pesca y Alimentación 
Ministry of Agriculture. Nature Management and Fisheries, 
and Ministry of Foreign Affairs, The Netherlands 
Italian National Committee for celebration of the 50th Anniversary 
of the United Nations 


Editor 

Tony Loftas 

Assistant to the Editor/Principal researcher 

Jane Ross 

Contributing editors 

Geoffrey Lean, Don Hinrichsen, Mary Lean, Christine Graves, Peter Lowrey 
Editors 

Jane Lyons, Helen de Mattos-Shipley, Felicity Greenland, 

Julia Holgate, Anna Sánchez 

Principal technical advisers 

Tim Aldington, Robert Brinkman, William Clay, Stephen Oembner, 
Jacques Du Guerny, Serge Garcia, James Greenfield, 

Simon Hocombe, Simon Mack. Jorge Memies, Franco Pariboni, 
Richard Perkins, Wim Sombroek, Jeff Tschirtey 

Other technical advisers 

Abdolreza Abbassian, Nikos Alexandratos, Murthi Annishetty, 
Sebastiao Barbosa, Christian Chikhani, Adele Crispoldi-Hotta, Guido Gryseels, 
Ali Arslan Giirkan. Klaus Janz. Panos Konandreas, Andrew Macmillan, 
Miles Mielke, Berndt Miiller-Haye, Freddy Nachtergaele, 

Christel Palmberg-Lerche, Paul Reichert, Ed Rossmiller, Roland Schúrmann, 
Hermann Schmincke, Jan Slingenbergh, Jerzy Serwinski, Victor Villalobos, 
Robin Wellcome, Chan Ling Yap 

Many other FAO staff, too numerous to name individually, have also 
assisted by virtue of their contributions to the work of the Organization and 
advising on specific questions. The editors and compilers of the book have 
also received significant assistance from other agencies and organizations 
both within and outside the United Nations system including the 
International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD), the International 
Service for National Agricultural Research (ISNAR). the United Nations 
Environment Programme (UNEP), the Office of the United Nations High 
Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR), the World Bank, the World Food 
Programme (WFP) and the World Health Organization (WHO). 

French, Spanish, Italian and Dutch editions 

French: Elizabeth Ganne, Anne Walgenwitz, Ros Schwartz, Myriam Boyden 
Spanish: Daniel Nogués Duran. Dario Moreno Falcon 
Italian: Ros Schwartz. Manuela Guastella. Luca Salice, Ernestine Shargool 
Outch: Marion Drolsbach, Arme Hemmes, Aletta Stevens 


Design 

Ian Price 

Cartography and diagrams 

David Buries 

Illustrations 

Mikki Rain 

FAO graphics and FAO photo research 

Scott Grove, Alex Rossi, Nick Rubery, Giampiero Diana. 

Giuditta Dolci-Favi, Joanna Maltby-Monaldini, Sergio Pierbattista, 
Francesco Sponzilli (stamps, coins and medals) 

Colour separations: Fleet Litho 

Printed and bound in the UK by the KPC Group, London and Ashford, Kent 

No part of this book may be reproduced by any means, or transmitted, or 
translated into a machine language without the written permission of the 
publisher 

The designations employed and the presentation of material in this 
publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the 
part of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations 
concerning the legal status of any country, territory, city or area or of its 
authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. 
The designations "developed" and "developing” are intended for statistical 
convenience and do not necessarily express a judgement about the stage 
reached by a particular country, territory or area in the development process. 

The stamps, coins and medals featured in the book are available through: 
Money and Medals Programme, FAO, Rome, Italy 

A Banson production 

Prepared in cooperation with the Information Division, 

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations 
by Banson 

3 Turville Street, London E2 7HR 
First published in 1995 by 

the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations 
Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, 00100 Rome, Italy 
All rights reserved 

Reprinted March and September 1996 


Copyright ©1995 by FAO 
ISBN 92*5-1 03737-X 


Copyrighted material 


FAO - 50 years on: 

A celebration and a challenge 



F ifty years ago there were 2 500 
million people in the world. Today 
there are an estimated 5 700 
million, and in 50 years’ time, there may 
be 8-10 000 million people to feed, 
clothe and shelter. Every second, there 
are three new mouths to feed. 

When FAO was founded, the majority 
of the world's population made their 
living through agriculture and the 
exploitation of natural resources. By the 
turn of the century, the majority will live 
in cities of the developing world. 

The challenge is to meet the needs of 
humanity now and into the future 
without permanently damaging our life 
support system. 

In its first 50 years. FAO has much to 
be proud of. Many people enjoy a better 
quality of life because of its programmes. 
However, there is no room for 
complacency. The needs of increasing 
populations, poverty, malnutrition, land 
degradation, deforestation, pollution, loss 
of biological diversity and the over- 
exploitation of the oceans remind us that 
no organization can rest on its laurels. 
More than 1 000 million people live in 
poverty which, with rapid population 
growth, has taken its toll on the 
environment No single organization or aid 
agency can tackle these problems alone. 

• We must seek better and sustainable 
ways and means to meet and overcome 
these challenges. 

• We must reduce waste and improve 
efficiency in t! e channels and systems 
we use. 

• We must work in more effective 
partnerships. 

• We must transform agncutture to 
combine increased productivity with 
sustainability of natural resources. 

As the Minister responsible for the 
British aid programme, I have been much 
heartened by recent progress. The new 
age of democracy in South Africa 
heralded by the 1994 elections was. 
without doubt, a highlight. India has 
achieved remarkable improvements in 
food security. And during a recent visit I 
saw how. by providing training and 
banking credit for destitute women, the 
Bangladesh Rural Development 
Committee had enabled nearly half a 


million women to set up small rural 
enterprises. These are the kind of 
successes we must build on. 

This book celebrating FAO's 50th 
Anniversary is about the challenges past 
present and future faced by communities 
in countries like South Africa, India and 
Bangladesh to improve the quality of 
their lives. It aims to inform and educate: 
awareness and consensus are vital tools 
for alleviating poverty and tackling the 
problems of the environment It presents 
information In a way that is accessible to 
all. It will, I hope, help a better 
understanding of the issues and how we 
might make our world a better place. 

The UK is proud to have been one of 
the countries that founded FAO. Its first 
Director-General - Lord Boyd Orr - was 
from Britain. He had helped formulate 
the policies and programmes which, 
despite the siege economy of the Second 
World War, succeeded in doubling 
agricultural production and improved 


nutrition between 1939 and 1945. Since 
then the UK has played an active part in 
the evolution and activities of the 
Organization. British and Commonwealth 
expertise have made a substantial input 
into FAO's projects and programmes. 

At Rio, the governments of the world 
agreed that the goal was “sustainable 
economic and social development" - 
economic growth and improved 
quality of life with environmental 
conservation. FAO has a key role to play. 
Wo all have a role to play. 

We are giving our own bilateral aid 
programmes a sharper focus and clearer 
objectives, and look for similar reforms 
within FAO and the UN system. We are 
keen to see the Organization adapt to the 
changing environment and respond to the 
membership’s priorities and demands. 

I am very happy, therefore, that the 
Overseas Development Administration 
has been able to help support the 
preparation of this book. 


(HA 


a 

Awareness 

and 

consensus 
are vital 

33 


The Rt Hon the 
Baroness Chalker of 
Wallasey 

Minister for Overseas 
Development 
United Kingdom 


DIMENSIONS OF Ni l I ' FOREWORD 


Copyrighted material 


Contents 



3 Foreword 

hv the Ri Hon the Baroness 
Chalkcr of Wallasey, Minister for 
Overseas Development, United 
Kingdom 


7 Introduction by Dr Jacques 
Diouf, Director-General of FAQ 

Origins ot 1 AO • 1 AO\ broad 
mandate • Paving the wav to 
food security • A brief history 
of FAQ 


E ood and people 




tM Human nutrition: Key to 

I health and development 

What is a balanced diet? 

• Nutrients and where to find 
them • Energy requirements and 
expenditure • Undernourishment 
and malnutrition • Average daily 
energy supply • Diet-related non- 

5555iflkaBfi diseur 

aM People and populations at risk 

m Rural -nrh.in povrrtv indicators 

• Gross national product and 
tood security • («lobai retugees 

• Africa in context • The spectre 

ffl famine 


19 


Availability of food: 

HQw countries compare 

Low-income food-deficit 
countries • loodcrops and 


^ Jj Staple foods: 

■ ■ I What do people eat? 

The sources of food • Proportions 
ot tood groups in average diets 
• Complementary foods 


Who are the food producers? 

Population economically active in 
agriculture • Division of labour 
by gender • Farming systems in 
the developing world 

• Cultivators • Forest people 

• Pasioralists ■ lishertulk 


Impact of poverty on life 

Bangladesh • Colombia 

• Central African Republic 

• T anzania • M ali 

• the Philippines • Nepal 

• Viet Nam • Uganda 


34 


Feeding the world: 

The search for food 
security 

What is food security? 

• Agriculture and population 
projections • Pressures on 
resources t International 
Limkreiicc on Nutrition 


Protect and produce 


The soil 

Soil limits agriculture • Soil 
texture variation • Fertilizer use 


• Typical soil profiles • World 
soil resources • Agricultural 
potential 


Water: 

A finite resource 

Whrrr thr W Atrr is • The 


hydrological cycle • Annual 
water use • Water availability 
and scarcity • Irrigation losses 
• Percentage and area of land 
irrigated • Salinization threatens 
production 


Restoring the land 

Impact of soil erosion • Cilohal 
status ot human-induced soil 
degradation • Soil degradation 
by area and type plus 
major causes • Combating 

soil erosion 


K How many people can 
the land support? 

Critical countries • Cultivated 
areas and gross land reserves 

• Percentage total land area with 
limitations to crop production 

• World potential land use 
capabilities • Making the best 
llu: ol land 


CONTENTS PIM1 NSJONS Ot NEED |a | 


CONTENTS 


Fish production and 
utili/ation t Gontnhntnm of 
fish to diet • Responsible 
fishing • Fishing zones 

• Fishery Commissions 

• Top fishing nations • Top 
marine catches 


KZfi Aquaculture: 

From hunter tn farmer 

The growth of aquaculture 

♦ ini.nni 5B5 alad 
aquaculture • Top 
aquaculture producers 

CO Forests of the world 

Global disiribmiim of forests 

• Forest types • Projected 
consumption of forest 
products • loss of natural 
torc.st cover 


fifi Wealth from the wild 

Vy Animal products • Plant 
products • Services • What 
are ft ires is worth? 

• People and wildlife 

• Feomnrism 


fiA, Controlling pests 

"m Species resistant to pesticides 
t Worldwide locust 
distribution f Pcsiicidc 
safen* • Controlling the 
desert locust • Change in 
pesticide use 

fifi Biological diversity 

Number ot species: known 
compared with estimated 

• Number of species bv area 

• Domesticated animals 

.it risk 

f± Sustainable agriculture 
O O and rural development 

Areas affected hv 
atmospheric and coastal 
pollution • Essential 
ingredients for sustainable 
development • Agenda 2 1 
« Elements tor sustainable 
agriculture and rural 
development 


Building the 
global community 


^ A family of nations: 

■ fill ‘Haves 1 and ‘have nots* 

Gaps in human development 
• Income disparity 
between die richest, and 
poorest 


World trade: 

Ë Why is it important? 

Share of agriculture in world 
exports • World agricultural 
exports • Share of 
agricultural production and 
merchandise exports 

• Commodity prices 

• Commodity indices 

• Wheal • Rice • lute 

• Shrimp • GA IT and the 
World Trade Organization 

• l.ffect of the U rumia v 
Kound • Agricultural trade 

^9 Food aid 

■ Food aid recipients 

• Cereal commodities as food 
aid • Cereal imports of low- 
income food-deficit countries 

• World Food Programme 
emergency operations 




€% ^ Beating the debt burden 

O Developing countries: 

eaeB 35 ¡551 • Debt 

as percentage gross national 
product • Debt as percentage 
foreign exchange earnings 
• Dchr service • Per caput 
debt • Heavily indebted 
countries 


The challenge of 
drr food production 

Agricultural research 
personnel and expenditures: 
developing and developed 
countries • Changing 
focus of agricultural 
research and development 

• Areas of genetic diversity 

• I 'he agricultural research 
net u .o r k 



DIMENSIONS OF NEED CONTENTS 


Copyrighted material 



CONTENTS 



Ç> £ J Biotechnology 

€>' ' _ Major national gene hanks 

• Achievements • Self-cloning 
sauL .«.A , ini:-frc..sh rnm.mu-.s 

• Cryopreservation • Fighting 
cattle plague • Nitrogen -fixing 
rice • Eradicating the New 
World .screw worm 



The view from space: 

Building models of the world 

How a remote sensing system 
works • Satellites used tor remote 
sensing • How a Géographie 
Information System works • (iIS 
in practice: the example of tsetse 
tlv in Africa 

Q Transfer of technology 

"Tf Some technology transter 
opportunities • Major FAQ 
information systems and 
databases • Regional cenrres and 
organizations • Regional 
networks and programmes 

• Selected examples of tecTinical 
cooperation among developing 
countries 

A question of commitment 

Sr P Overseas aid Hows • Aid to 

agriculture • Farmer participation 
in agricultural extension 

• Indicators ot rural poverty 


Food and agriculture: 
The future 


Jj The right to food 

B The most basic of human rights 

• FAQ's work in support of the 
right to food 


a| ^ Agriculture in the 
I w I twenty-first century 

Food supplies by area • Major 
crops in developing countries 
• Share planted to modern wheat 
varieties in developing countries 
e Increasing yields • Water 
• Fertilizer use in 
developing countries • Rural 
poverty • Kura I illiteracy 



105 

107 

109 

112 

114 

116 

118 

122 

124 


Sharing the worlds resources 

National energy consumption 
levels • Rates of change in food 
production 

Global warming 

How the greenhouse effect works 
*_ W.iJ- ill V ide 

• Concentration of greenhouse 
gases in the atmosphere and their 
contrihmion to global warming 

The challenge of sustainability 

l i\e root causes of unsustainable 
practices • Drylands • Irrigated 
land • Tropical forests • Hill and 
mountain areas • Proposals for 
progress • The Den Bosch 


Fair and free trade 


The Uruguay Round of trade 
negotiations • Probable 
evolution of net agricultural 


Tapping the peace dividend 

World military spending • Global 
military expenditure and the 
peace dividend • Total military 
spending in developing countries 

• A global tax tor development 

Promises to keep 

The challenges facing 1 AC) 

• Promoting agriculture, forestry 
and fisheries • Empowering food 
producers and consumers • Using 
natural resources sustainably 

• building a global partnership 

Index 

Reference and data index 

Further information 

Selected reading 

World map 

A country-by-country reference 


*â ^ ft The United Nations system 

Principal organs of the UN and 
Emv they are organized • Th~ 
Food and Agriculture 
Organization ot the UN 


contents 


Introduction 




I f understanding leads to compassion, 
then my fervent hope is that this book 
will help the reader understand the 
principal issues involved in feeding the 
world. It could make a difference to 
800 million chronically undernourished 
people. This book, published on the 
occasion of FAO’s 50th Anniversary, is 
not about the Organization as such but 
the challenges that have largely 
determined its agenda. They can best be 
summarized in terms of inequality, 
hunger and poverty. 

The Organization that I have the 
honour to lead is but a single agency 
within the United Nations system. We are 
trying our best, with the limited 
resources made available by the 
community of nations, to promote 
improved nutrition and help developing 
countries produce more food without 
harming the environment. The issues 
covered in this book touch billions of 
people every day of their lives. 

FAQ plays a unique role: its 
international team of development 
specialists tackle food and agricultural 
problems not only from a global 
perspective but also at regional and 
national levels. Since It is at the service 
of all its member nations, FAO Is 
perfectly placed to act as a neutral 
forum and to give objective advice to 
governments. It encourages debate on 
the important food and agricultural 
issues described in this book. Thanks to 
its network of representatives accredited 
to over 100 member countries, the 
Organization also keeps abreast of 
environmental and socio-economic 
change in every corner of the earth. 

How FAO came into being 

The origins of FAO can be traced back to 
the pioneering efforts of the American 
David Lubin who, In the 1880s, began 
pressing for a better deal for the world’s 
food producers. He recognized that 
agriculture was at a disadvantage in 
comparison with industry, commerce and 
finance because farmers were not 
effectively organized. He also realized 
that international trade played such a 
role in establishing prices that only a 
global organization could defend 


farmers’ interests satisfactorily. Lubin 
found a patron in Italy's King Victor 
Emmanuel III and in 1905 an 
international meeting adopted the 
Convention that established the 
International Institute of Agriculture. 

The work of the Institute was 
essentially technical, but world events 
led to a change in the initiative for 
agricultural and socio-economic 
development. Agriculture was profoundly 
affected by the post- 1929 world 
depression: nations proved unable to 
solve the problems created by the 
collapse in trade and mounting 
agricultural surpluses. At the same time, 
nutrition research was revealing more 
about dietary requirements for health 
and discovering widespread malnutrition 
within even the most advanced countries 
because of the inadequate consumption 
of milk, vegetables, fruits and other so- 
called “protective- foods. 

The paradox of malnourishment at a 


time when food surpluses were taxing 
the stability of agriculture was analysed 
in a celebrated speech to the League of 
Nations by Stanley Bruce, a former prime 
minister of Australia, on the basis of a 
memorandum prepared by his economic 
adviser Frank McDougall. Both men were 
influenced by British nutritionist John 
Boyd Orr. 

The central message of Bruce's 
address was that the League should 
simultaneously assess the potential 
benefits to public health from increased 
consumption of “protective" foods and 
the extent to which this might help solve 
the agricultural crisis. Delegates realized 
that this was an area where the League 
might assume a constructive and 
significant role. 

Progress was halted, however, by the 
outbreak of war and the collapse of the 
League of Nations. But the idea was not 
lost. As early as 1941, Franklin D. 
Roosevelt, President of the United 


a 

The first 
cause of 
hunger and 
malnutrition 
is poverty 

33 


Or Jacques Diouf 

Director-General of 
the Food and Agriculture 
Organization of the 
United Nations 


DIMENSIONS OF NEFI > INTRODUCTION 


Copyrighted material 



INTRODUCTION 


Nations represented at 
the United Nations 
Conference on Food 
and Agriculture, 1943 

Australia 

Belgium 

Bolivia 

Brazil 

Canada 

Chile 

China 

Colombia 

Costa Rica 

Cuba 

Czechoslovakia 
Dominican Republic 
Ecuador 

Egypt 

El Salvador 

Ethiopia 

France 

Greece 

Guatemala 

Haiti 

Honduras 

Iceland 

India 

Iran 

Iraq 

Liberia 

Luxembourg 

Mexico 

Netherlands 

New Zealand 

Nicaragua 

Norway 

Panama 

Paraguay 

Peru 

Philippine 

Commonwealth 

Poland 

Union of South Africa 
Union of Soviet Socialist 
Republics 
United Kingdom 
United States of 
America 
Uruguay 
Venezuela 
Yugoslavia 


States, was speaking of the need for a 
United Nations organization and calling 
for '‘freedom from want". 

In 1942. Frank McDougall, on a visit to 
the United Slates, found a lively interest 
in preparing for the food problems of the 
post-war world. As a result he drafted a 
second memorandum on the subject of 
“a United Nations programme for 
freedom from want of food", McDougall’s 
proposal came to the attention of 
President Roosevelt and the two men 
met McDougall urged that food should 
be the first economic problem tackled by 
the United Nations. The following year. 
President Roosevelt convened the United 
Nations Conference on Food and 
Agriculture at Hot Springs, Virginia, from 
18 May to 3 June- 

Attended by 44 governments, the 
conference decided to establish a 
permanent organization in the field of 
food and agriculture, and set up an 
Interim Commission for its preparation. 
The work of this Commission led directly 
to the meeting that began on 16 October, 
1945, in Quebec City and brought FAO 
into being as the first of the United 
Nations specialized agencies. 

FAO's broad mandate 

In the preamble to the Constitution of the 
fledgling organization, 44 nations 
signalled their determination “to 
promole the common welfare”. FAO 
developed new ways to come to grips 
with this broad mandate. Its first World 
Food Survey, published the following 
year, stated categorically that “it Is well 
known that there is much starvation and 
malnutrition in the world lyet) vague 
knowledge that this situation exists is 
not enough; facts and figures are needed 
if the nations are to attempt to do away 
with (amine and malnutrition". 

FAO went on to pioneer systematic 
data collection and analysis of the world 
food situation, but information is only 
one of the many areas in which FAO has 
led the way in food and agriculture over 
the past 50 years. The Organization has 
been active in education and training, 
rational use of natural resources, 
environmental protection, participation of 
small farmers in development planning, 
the control of plant and animal pests and 


diseases, the conservation of genetic 
diversity and the promotion of 
sustainable agriculture and rural 
development. 

When FAO was still young, the old 
colonial empires disintegrated. As the 
new nations gained independence, they 
had to make fundamental public policy 
decisions. Many countries opted to 
favour industry as the engine of their 
economies. The city became the symbol 
of modernity par excellence and the rural 
exodus began in earnest. Both trends 
were to have negative consequences for 
agriculture and food self-sufficiency. 
FAO's constitutional commitment to 
“bettering the condition of rural 
populations” took on greater urgency 
with the years as demand for food 
expanded with populations and 
production fell behind. 

The food crisis of the early 1970s 
showed governments, international 
organizations and the public that it was 
vital to have up-to-date information 
permanently available on the supply 
prospects of staple foods. Therefore, FAO 
established the Global Information and 
Early Warning System (GIEWS) in 1975. 
This sophisticated instrument has since 
issued more than 200 alerts on 
deteriorating food situations Every day 
analysts study dozens of indicators 
which affect food supply. Satellite 
images and weather station data show 
how the growing season is progressing 
in broad areas of the developing world. 

In an emergency, ma)or aid donors and 
humanitarian organizations are alerted. 
Food aid can soon be on its way. 

Paving the way to food security 

“The first cause of hunger and 
malnutntion is poverty". So declared the 
1943 meeting in Hot Springs. II is still 
true today. The countries that suffer 
most from hunger desperately need 
economic growth with, of course, a more 
equitable sharing of the benefits. This is 
why FAO stresses food security, the step 
beyond food production and supply. Food 
security is when all people have access 
to the food they need tor an active and 
healthy life. I believe that the only 
feasible option for an early and 
sustainable improvement in food 


security is the enhancement of 
agricultural productivity, particularly in 
those countries that are both poor and 
do not produce the food they need. The 
key to such gains is efficient technology, 
applied in a sustainable way to the food 
crops that can make a difference. FAO 
now has a new strategy called the 
Special Programme on Food Production 
for Food Security in Low-Income Food- 
Deficit Countries. In 1996. there were 82 
such countries. 

FAO has also launched an Emergency 
Prevention System for Transboundary 
Animal and Plant Pests and Diseases 
(EMPRES). While FAO has recognized 
competence in both prevention of, and 
emergency response to, such problems 
as desert locust, African swine fever, 
rinderpest and a host of other pests and 
diseases, we are at the mercy of the 
processes of alerts and mobilization of 
resources, which inevitably take time. 
EMPRES will do much to increase the 
impact of FAO’s actions. 

World Agriculture: Towards 2010, 
FAO’s comprehensive analysis of 
agricultural trends published in 1995, 
predicts that the percentage of 
chronically undernourished people in the 
developing world will drop Irom today's 
20 percent to just over 11 percent. But 
even these impressive gains will not 
suffice to guarantee food for all. In 2010, 
hunger will still afflict an estimated 
650 million people in the world, almost 
as many people as live in the United 
States and Western Europe combined. 
Such predictions make FAO’s 50th 
Anniversary an occasion for both 
celebration and a renewal of our 
commitment to fight against hunger and 
poverty. They bring us back to the 
important issues covered in this 
anniversary book which I hope will 
engage and concern all who read it. 



Dr Jacques Diouf 

Director-General 


INTRODUCTION ,„.MINMOSM.| Ml,. 



A BRIEF HISTORY OF FAO 


1 943 Forty-four governments, meeting in Hot 
Springs. Virginia. USA, commit 
themselves to founding a permanent 
organization for food and agriculture 

1945 First session of FAO Conference, Quebec 
City, Canada, establishes FAO as 
specialized UN agency 

• Sir John Boyd Orr. British nutritionist, 
is elected first FAO Director-General 

• Washington, D.C. is designated 
temporary site of FAO headquarters 

• FAO has 42 members 

1946 First World Food Survey gives 
comprehensive picture of world food 
situation 

1947 Norris E. Dodd, US Under Secretary 
of Agriculture, is elected second FAO 
Oirector-General 

• FAO Conference agrees to establish 
FAO Council to keep under review 
the state of food and agriculture in 
the world 



1948 First area agriculture survey covers Far 
East and Latin America 

• Indo-Pacific Fisheries Commission 
established - first regional fisheries 
body to be set up under the aegis of FAO 

1949 International Rice Commission set up 

• FAO participation in the Expanded 
Programme of Technical Assistance 
formally marks the beginning of the 
Organization's field programme 

1950 The first post-war World Census of 

Agriculture is compiled, covering 65 

countries 

1951 FAO headquarters moves to Rome 

1952 Transfer to FAO of the library of the 
International Institute of Agnculture - 
renamed the David Lubin Memorial 
Library after the man who pioneered the 
creation of the Institute in 1905 

• Second World Food Survey finds 



average calorie supply per person 
remaining below pre-war level 
• Desert Locust Programme is 
formally launched 

1 953 Philip V. Cardon, formerly of US 

Department of Agriculture, is elected 
third FAO Director-General 


1955 A plant protection agency is set up in 
Central America, part of a global 
network dedicated to preventing pests 
and diseases spreading through 
international trade 

1956 B.R. Sen, senior Indian diplomat, is 
elected fourth FAO Director-General 

1957 FAO launches a World Seed Campaign in 
which 79 countries and territories 
participate, culminating in the World 
Seed Year of 1961 

1958 FAO's first review of agriculture in 
sub-Saharan Africa finds yields declining 
because population growth reduces the 
fallow period in shifting cultivation 
below that required by the soil to 
regenerate 

1959 Initiation of UN Special Fund operations 
puts FAO on road to becoming a major 
world technical aid agency 

1960 Freedom from Hunger Campaign is 
launched to mobilize non-governmental 
support 

1961 FAO and Unesco embark on preparing a 
Soil Map of the World to bring order to 
international soil terminology and 
nomenclature 

1962 The FAO/WHO Codex Alimentarius 
Commission established, in 1961, to 


set international food standards 
becomes operational 

1963 UN/FAO World Food Programme created 
• Third World Food Survey, covering 

95 percent of world population, finds 10- 
15 percent undernourished and up to 
half suffering from hunger, malnutrition 
or both 

1964 FAO/World Bank Cooperative Programme 
is established to stimulate investment in 
agriculture in the developing world 

1965 A panel of experts is established to 
study ways to protect endangered plant 
genetic resources 

1966 UN/FAO World Conference on Land 
Reform emphasizes the need for an 
integrated approach 

A.H. Boerma, World Food Programme 
Executive Director, is elected fifth FAO 
Director-General 

1968 First publication by FAO of Ceres, a 
magazine providing worldwide coverage 
of agricultural development and issues 

1969 FAO releases Indicative World Plan for 
Agricultural Development an analysis of 
major issues for world agriculture in the 
1970s and 1980s 

1970 Second World Food Congress. The 
Hague, calls on governments to increase 
resources for development and to 
channel a greater proportion through 
international agencies 

1971 Consultative Group on International 
Agricultural Research (CGIAR) is created 

1972 UN Conference on the Human 
Environment, Stockholm, asks FAO to act 
to conserve the earth's agricultural, 
forestry, fishery and other natural 
resources 



1954 FAO's Committee on Commodity 

Problems draws up Guide Lines and 
Principles of Surplus Disposal, used ever 1967 
since by food aid programmes 


DIMENSIONS OF NU l> INTRODUCTION 


Copyrighted material 


A BRIEF HISTORY OF FAO 


1973 Office (or the Sahelian Relief Operation 
(OSRO) is established to coordinate 
emergency aid to famine victims in the 
Sahelian zone of Africa 


• Plan of Action for World Food Security, 
adopted by FAO’s Council, calls for a 
voluntary system of nationally held and 
internationally coordinated food stocks 


1988 The Africa Real-Time Environmental 
Monitoring System (ARTEMIS) is 
installed at FAO headquarters to process 
satellite data on rainfall and vegetation 


1974 UN World Food Conference in Rome 
recommends the adoption of an 
International Undertaking on World Food 
Security 

1975 Edouard Saouma, Director of FAO's Land 
and Water Division, is elected FAO's 
sixth Director-General 

• FAO Conference establishes 
Committee on World Food Security 

• FAO has 136 members 

1976 Technical Cooperation Programme, 
financed from FAO funds, is established 
to provide greater flexibility in 
responding to urgent situations 

• Formal launch of the Food Security 
Assistance Scheme (FSAS), designed to 
help developing countries formulate 
national food security policies 

1977 The Global Information and Early 
Warning System (GIEWS) becomes fully 
operational 



1978 Fourth World Food Survey shows 
that about 455 million people 

are undernourished in the developing 
world 

• FAO Locust Control Programme 
responds to a locust plague devastating 
parts of Africa, the Near East and South- 
West Asia 

1979 World Conference on Agrarian Reform 
and Rural Development (WCARRD), 
meeting in Rome, adopts "Peasants' 
Charter" 

• Agriculture: Toward 2000 is published, 
providing a prognosis for food and 
agricultural production over the 
following two decades 



1980 First session of the FAO Commission on 
African Animal Trypanosomiasis 

• FAO concludes 56 agreements for the 
appointment of FAO Representatives in 
developing member countries 

1981 The first World Food Day is celebrated 
on 16 October by over 150 countries 

1982 International Seed Information System is 
inaugurated and a new associated seed 
laboratory sends out 20 000 seed 
samples during the year 

1983 FAO Council endorses cooperative action 
for plant health to develop techniques, 
such as integrated pest control, suitable 
for smallholders and poor farmers 

• Forest Resources Information System 
(F0R1S), containing computerized data 
on the world's tropical forests, becomes 
operational 


1989 FAO Commission on Plant Genetic 
Resources recognizes right of farmers in 
the developing world to compensation 
for use of indigenous germplasm In 
plant breeding 

1990 FAO Regional Conference for Africa 
adopts the International Scheme for the 
Conservation and Rehabilitation of 
African Lands 

• FAO reports to the UN Secretary- 
General on the effect on marine 
resources of large-scale driftnet fishing 

1991 FAO/Netherlands Conference on 
Agriculture and the Environment at 
s-Hertogenbosch, the Netherlands, 
discussed requirements for sustainable 
agriculture and rural development as a 
precursor to the United Nations 
Conference on Environment and 
Development (UNCED) 

• International Plant Protection 
Convention is ratified with 92 signatories 

• FAO’s Screwworm Emergency Centre 
for North Africa completes a successful 
campaign to eradicate the pest in Libya 

1992 UNCEO in Rio de Janeiro. Brazil 

• FAO and WHO hold International 
Conference on Nutrition in Rome which 
approves a World Declaration and Plan 
of Action on Nutrition 


1984 World Conference on Fisheries 
Management and Development, held in 
Rome, provides first major follow-up to 
the new regime for the world's oceans 

1985 Fifth World Food Survey is published 

• FAO Conference approves a World 
Food Security Compact which outlines a 
plan for achieving a comprehensive food 
security system 

• FAO has 158 members 

1986 AGROSTAT, the world's most 
comprehensive source of agricultural 
information and statistics, becomes 
operational 

• Pan-African Rinderpest Campaign is 
launched, operating in 34 countries 

1987 FAO recommends safe levels for 
radioactive contamination of food in 
international trade 


1993 Dr Jacques Dlouf is elected the seventh 
Director-General of FAO 

• FAO Conference reviews Agriculture : 
Towards 2010, which states that despite 
an increase in food production and food 
security there are still 800 million 
undernourished people in the world 

1994 Director-General Dr Jacques Diouf 
restructures FAO to support shifts in 
priorities such as progressive 
decentralization of staff away from 
headquarters and a special programme 
to grow more staple crops in low- 
income food-deficit countries 

1995 FAO is 50 years old 

• A 50th Anniversary International 
Symposium is held in Quebec City, 
Canada, followed by a special 
Ministerial Meeting on food security 

• FAO has 171 members 


10 INTRODUCTION I DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted material 



Copyrighted material 



Human nutrition: Key to 
health and development 


« WUQUC WPUUUM QU CQWEQ 



Il «0MMUI R I AUMUTAim 


The right to an 
adequate diet is as 
fundamental as 
the right to life itself. 
World Food Day, on 
16 October every year, 
is a symbolic 
reminder of this right. 



Pregnant women and 
nursing mothers need 
a higher calorie intake 
than others in their 
age group to provide 
for their babies. 




T o be healthy and active, 
our diet (what we regularly 
eat and drink) must he 
adequate in quantity and 
variety to meet our energy and 
nutrient needs. Most foods 
contain many different 
nutrients; no single food, 
except breast-milk, provides 
all the nutrients required. The 
best way, therefore, to ensure 
the body gets all the necessary 
nutrients is to eat a variety 
of foods. 

Nutrients are classified as 
carbohydrates, fats, proteins, 
vitamins or minerals. Water 
and dietary fibre are also 
essential. Each nutrient has 
specific functions and is made 
available to the body tissues 
through the processes of 
digestion and absorption. 


How well foods are digested 
and their nutrients absorbed 
can be influenced in several 
ways. For example, infections, 
particularly those that 
accelerate the passage of food 
through the digestive system, 
can reduce the body’s capacity 
to absorb nutrients and 
accelerate the loss of water 
and body salts. The 
combination of foods eaten 
can also affect digestion and 
absorption. Iron from animal 
sources is usually well 
absorbed, hut iron in plants is 
generally not, because of the 
presence of natural 
compounds, such as phytates 
in cereals and tannins in tea, 
that inhibit iron absorption. 
Other factors, such as an 
increased vitamin C intake. 


can enhance the absorption of 
iron from plant sources. 
Excessive dietary fibre can 
interfere with the absorption 
of some nutrients. 

Nutrient requirements 
vary between individuals 
according to, for example, 
age, gender, level of activity 
and health. The ways in 
which people meet these 
requirements also vary. There 
is no ideal or universal dietary 
pattern and the body is 
wonderfully adaptive. 

From arctic tundra to 
tropical forest, and from big 
cities to remote islands, 
various populations 
demonstrate that human 
nutritional needs can be met 
by diverse ranges of 
foodstuffs and dietary habits. 


What is a balanced diet? 


The Food Guide Pyramid is one 
example of a national food guide. 

Prepared for consumers in the 
United States, the pyramid shows 
the recommended proportions of 
the various categories of food. It is 
easy to see that for most 
Americans, the daily food intake 
should include a high proportion 
of cereals, fruits and vegetables 
whereas fats, oils and sweets are 
best eaten in moderation. 

Nutritional requirements vary 
from person to person. Everyone 
needs to pay attention to the 
quality, quantity and diversity of 
food sources to have a balanced 
diet. Many countries have set or 
suggest dictan, guidelines to help 
people meet their nutritional 
needs. Since there is no ideal 
dietary pattern suitable for all 
people, these guidelines must be 
developed with a specific food 
supply and population in mind. 



FOOD AND PEOPLE l)l\ll SMONS Ol Nil,) 


12 



Nutrients and where to find them 


Carbohydrates arc the basic 
source of energy. They range 
in complexity from simple 
sugars to complex starches. 
Sugars arc found in sweet 
foods such as honey, and in 
milk and fruits. Major sources 
of starches include cereals, 
root vegetables, pulses (beans, 
lentils, peas) and some fruits 
such as plantains and 
bananas. 

Dietary fats and oils are rich 
sources of energy and provide 
essential fatty acids. They can 
be obtained from both 
animals and plants. Animal 
sources include fatty meats, 
poultry such as duck and 
goose, butter, ghee and oily 
fish. Plant sources include 
oilseeds (sunflower, safflower, 
sesame), nuts and legumes 
(peanuts, soybeans). 

Proteins, which are long chains 
of amino acids, form much of 
the basic structural material of 
the body; they are necessary 
for its growth, functioning and 
repair. The body can make 


many amino acids but some, 
called essential amino acids, 
must be obtained from food. 
Different foods contain varying 
quantities of these. Animal 
products are a prime source, 
but a mixture of vegetable 
sources can also satisfy the 
body’s needs. Rich sources of 
proteins include meat, fish, 
dairy products, pulses, nuts 
and cereals. 

Vitamins arc essential to 
practically all the body’s 
chemical processes and for 
maintaining the health and 
integrity of body tissue. They 
are usually required in small 
quantities, but must be 
consumed regularly because 
many are not stored well in 
the body. Vitamin A is found 
only in animal products, 
particularly liver, eggs and 
milk, but many fruits and 
vegetables such as carrots, 
mangoes and papaya contain 
carotenes, chemicals that the 
body can convert into vitamin 
A. Good sources of vitamin C 
are fruits and vegetables. The 


B complex is found in cereals, 
legumes, meat, poultry and 
dairy products. 

Minerals are essential to 
structures such as bones and 
teeth (calcium) and processes 
such as energy transfer (iron) 
and functioning of the body 
and brain (iodine). We need 
comparatively large amounts 
of some minerals, such as 
calcium - found in peas and 
beans, milk, meat and cheese 
- and much smaller amounts 
of others, such as iron - found 
in meat, fish and shellfish, 
dark green leafy vegetables 
and nuts. 

Because vitamins and 
minerals are usually needed in 
only small quantities they are 
called micronutricnts. 



Food provides us with 
the energy and 
nutrients needed tor a 
healthy lile. 


Energy expenditure 


Energy requirements 



Young adults 


The pattern of energy expenditure 
tends to change with age. Elderly 
people tend to use less energy, 
primarily as a result of reduced 
physical activity. 


Vital body processes 
Physical activity 



Elderly persons 



0-23 2-9 10-24 25-60 604 - 

months years years years years 


Energy requirements 
are determined by body 
size, activity level and 
physiological 
conditions such as 
illness, infection, 
pregnancy and 
lactation. As body size 
increases, so does the 
total energy 
requirement; however, 
per body unit, the 
energy requirement 
decreases. 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED FOOD ANO PEOPLE 


Copyrighted Material 



FAO projects 
to combat 
undernourishment 
and malnutrition: 
training nutrition 
agents, Lesotho (top); 
children tending their 
school vegetable 
garden, Ecuador 
(bottom). 



Estimate of chronically 
undernourished in developing regions 

1990-92 


"Chronically undernourished" is defined 
as those whose estimated annual energy 
intake falls below that required to maintain 
body weight and support light activity. 

The data cove» 93 (Weeding cmnf iw. accounting lor 
90.5 perçant ot the total peculate* ol the Cevetopng mom 


The FAO-WHO Consultative Group on Nutrition has 
determined that, on average, a daily diet of around 2 200 
calories is sufficient to meet basic nutrition needs. Like 
all averages this conceals important differences. 

Boundaries o* «wOorw formed anee 1990 <«l former USSR, in termer Yugotiana. 


m termor CrechosloMfcia. Entena) are shown in grey. 


Undernourishment and malnutrition 


O ver 8ÜO million people, 
mostly in the developing 
world, are chronically 
undernourished, eating too 
little to meet minimal energy 
requirements. Millions more 
suffer acute malnutrition 
during transitory or seasonal 
food insecurity. Over 200 
million children suffer from 
protein-energy malnutrition 
(PEM) and each year nearly 
13 million under fives die as a 
direct or indirect result of 
hunger and malnutrition. 

Malnutrition usually results 
from diets lacking specific 
nutrients hut can also be caused 
by so-called “diets of excess”. 

PEM is most common 
among young children and 
pregnant women in the 
developing world. It is usually 
caused by energy-deficient diets 
(that may also lack protein) 
coupled with infections that 
raise nutrient requirements 
while limiting the intake and 
utilization of food. It is the 
prime cause of low birth 
weight and poor growth in the 


developing world where 
mothers themselves may have a 
legacy of low birth weight, 
stunted growth and anaemia. 

Malnutrition can have 
serious effects, right from 
conception. Vitamin A 
deficiency is associated with 
increased child mortality, and 
is a prime cause of child 
blindness. Iodine deficiency 
leads to slow growth and 
mental development and to 
goitre. Anaemia, largely due to 
iron deficiency, is the most 
widespread nutritional 
problem, affecting 
2 000 million worldwide. It 
can impede learning and 
productivity and is a leading 
cause of maternal mortality in 
developing countries. Calcium 
deficiency is a leading risk 
factor for osteoporosis, a 
condition where bones become 
fragile and brittle. Inadequate 
vitamin C can lead to scurvy 
and has been linked to poor 
absorption of iron and an 
increased risk of certain non- 
communicable diseases. 


Too little 


PEM (protein-energy 
malnutrition) 

Anaemia (Iron 

deficiency) [ f í i 
Osteoporosis ) j| J C 
(calcium deficiency) 

Goitre (iodine 
deficiency) / J , 
Xeropthalmia / / U 
(vitamin A // / 

deficiency) // { 

Bert- bed / f 
(vitamin B Z Ci J 
deficiency) 

Scurvy (vitamin C 
deficiency) 

Rickets (vitamin D 
deficiency) 


Ci 

Weight and health 
Tbe body mass index 
(BMI) gives an easy guide to what body 
weight is compatible with good health. BMI 
is calculated by dividing body mass (weight 
in kilograms) by the square of the person's 



e 


2 500 


19 

X 

9 

iS Millions 


X 

■ 

k. 

2000 

! 3 

« V, 

% a 

ra “O 

jfl 

u 

• 


■o 

e 

re 

— li- 
fe 

■ 

z 

e 

re 

s 

E 

1 500 

£ l 

< 

< 

1 OOO 

C 


1 I 

1 

O 

z 


18 



500 

¿ I 

M, 

to 

_ 0 


Total population 
Population chronically 
undernourished (figure shows 
percentage of total population) 


■■ 3 200 and over 
EHj 2 900 - 3 199 
2 G00 - 2 899 
_ 2 300 - 2 599 
H 2 000-2 299 
■■ Under 2 000 
Insufficient data 


Average energy supply, 1988-90 

Daily calorie intake per caput 


14 


FOOD AND PEOPLE DIMENSIONS OF NELD 

Copyrighted material 


HUMAN NUTRITION 



Too much 



height In metres. In adults the BMI should 
fall between 18.5 and 25. Up to 30 is 
considered overweight. Values above 30 
indicate obesity. 


Diet-related non-communicable diseases 


N on-communicablc diseases 
such as cardiovascular 
ailments, cancer, stroke, 
hypertension and diabetes 
have become more common 
since advances in medicine 
have reduced the impact of 
infectious diseases and life 
expectancy has increased. In 
the developing world, 
infectious diseases remain the 
prime cause of death, but 
deaths related to diet, activity 
and lifestyle arc on the 
increase. In the developed 
world, by far the most 
common causes of death arc 
non-communicable diseases. 

Foremost among factors 
which contribute to the 
greater incidence of these 
diseases is the widespread 
change towards increasingly 
sedentary lifestyles. This, 
combined with dietary change 
(more fat, less fruit, vegetables 
and whole grains), can 
contribute to a wide range of 
chronic diseases that often 
lead to permanent disability 
and premature death. 


The relationship between 
dietary intake, exercise and 
heart disease is specially strong. 
Studies show a clear connection 
between diets extremely high in 
fats, especially animal fats, and 
low in fruits and vegetables and 
an increased risk of obstruction 
of blood flow and hardening of 
the walls of the arteries. With 
the arteries constricted, the 
heart must work harder to 
pump blood through them. 

This extra stress often results in 
coronary heart disease. 

Studies also indicate a 
direct relationship between 
diets rich in complex 
carbohydrates and fibre and a 
reduced risk of cardiovascular 
disease and certain cancers, 
particularly of the lower bowel. 
Hating fibre-rich foods assists 
bowel function. 

For a healthy lifestyle: 
avoid tobacco, do not exceed 
a moderate alcohol intake and 
take exercise - sufficient to 
raise heartbeat - for 20 
minutes, three to five times 
a week. 



More than 800 million 
people, over 13 percent 
of the world’s 
population, do not get 
enough to eat 


DIMENSION'S OF NEED FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copyrighted 1 material 




People and populations at risk 



Poverty and hunger 
frequently go together. 
This Brazilian family 
has only a small tent 
to sleep in. All their 
other activities, 
Including cooking and 
eating, are done 
outside. 


I n the world as a whole, an 
average of about 2 700 
calories of food is available per 
person per day - enough to 
meet everyone’s energy 
requirements. But food is 
neither produced nor 
distributed equally. Some 
countries produce more 
food than others, while 
distribution systems and family 
incomes determine access to 
food. An FAO survey in the 
mid-1980s discovered that 
average diets in many of the 
poorest countries were 2 100 
calories a day. 

Poor health greatly increases 
the risk of malnutrition. 
Infection can increase the 
body’s requirements for energy 
and various nutrients, but limit 
the consumption of food and 
the absorption of nutrients. 

In recent decades, health and 
nutritional status have 
improved considerably, but are 
still far from satisfactory in 
many countries. 


Rural-urban poverty 
indicators 

Percentages of rural and 
urban populations living 
In absolute poverty or 
lacking access to 
essential services in the 
45 least-developed 
countries 

E33 Rural 


Rural and urban poor 

Povcrt\ r is a prime cause of 
hunger and malnutrition. In 
many rural areas, protein- 
energy malnutrition and 
micronutrient deficiencies are 
most common among the 
landless poor and such isolated 
groups as pastoral nomads and 


IZJ Urban 


0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 



Saura: UNDP. I4M 



GNP per caput. 1993 

USS 


d 8 626 and over 
(high income) 
d 2 786-8 625 

(upper-middle income) 
□ 696-2 785 

(lower-middle income) 
M Under 6% 
flow income) 

I 1 Insufficient data 


Low per caput GNP identifies countries 
where the risk of hunger is greatest. 

StowWortJ Bank Anas 1995 


small fishing communities. 
Inefficient production and lack 
of access to credit, seeds, 
fertilizers, extension services 
and marketing channels can all 
limit food production. 

The rural poor often go 
hungry in the period just lie fore 
harvest time when food is 
scarce. The urban poor are less 
likely to starve, hut inadequate 
diets, unhealthy lifestyles and 
overcrowded, unsanitary living 
conditions make them prone to 
infection and all forms of 
malnutrition. 

Drought and flood-prone 
populations 

People in drought-prone areas 
live under a continuous threat 
of hunger and malnutrition. 
Droughts in Africa during the 


1 980s forced 10 million 
farmers to abandon their land; 
over 1 million died. The 
impact of the drought was 
exaggerated in Ethiopia by 
government policies which 
reduced the reserves of food 
grains held on farms. The cost 
in lives would have been far 
grearer but for the mobilization 
of food aid by the international 
community. 

Worldwide, the population 
affected by floods rose from 
5.2 million in the 1960s to 
15.4 million in the 1970s. The 
developing world is 
particularly affected; in India 
alone deaths from floods were 
1 4 times greater in the 1 980s 
than the 1 950s and rhe area 
affected grew from 25 to 40 
million hectares. 


16 FOOD AND PEOPLE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted material 



Actual numbers: 


Refugees 

There are now over 24 million 
refugees and displaced persons 
globally. They often receive 
just enough food to live, and 
their diets often lack the 
micronutrients needed to 
prevent debilitating diseases 
such as scurvy and beri-beri. 

Women 

Many women work longer 
hours than men but, because 
of their status, receive less 
food. Girls may be 
underprivileged from birth 
and destined for a heavy work 
load, poor diet, early marriage 
and many closely spaced 
pregnancies. Anaemia is 
particularly common among 
women. Malnourished women 
arc likely to have low birth- 


weight babies, many of whom 
die in infancy. 

Children 

Poor families' children may be 
at risk from a host of 
debilitating or fatal diseases 
brought on by unsanitary 
conditions and inadequate care 
and feeding. Infection can push 
children from a state of 
marginal undernourishment to 
one of acute malnutrition. The 
children may also have to work 
long hours at menial jobs to 
supplement the family’s meagre 
income, further endangering 
their development, education 
and health. 

The elderly 

People who are old and infirm 
are increasingly at risk as 


populations age in developed 
countries and longevity, but not 
necessarily health, improves in 
the developing world. The 
breakdown of the extended 
family system and the absence 
of social services often leave 
them without care or support. 

AIDS sufferers 

In the developing world, 
where AIDS affects men and 
women equally, the syndrome 
reduces people's capacity to 
produce or obtain food and 
the ability of parents to care 
for their children. Children of 
parents with HIV may be 
infected in the womb and die 
young, while those spared 
infection are destined to 
join the world’s 30 million or 
so orphans. 


1 i Africa 
(9 854 200) 

□ Asia 

(5 259 900) 

■i Europe 
(1 819 200) 
m North America 
(681 400) 

Area of the 
former USSR 
(647 500) 

Latin America 
(196 400 ) 

■I Southwest Pacific 
(51 200) 


Total number of 
concern to UNHCR: 

27.5 million; including 

18.5 million refugees, 

5.5 million internally 
displaced persons, and 

3.5 million others. 

Scurzt UHHCfi 


DIMENSIONS OK NEK!) FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copyrighte^fnaterial 


POPULATIONS AT RISK 


Africa in context 




Drinking water 

Population 
without access 
to safe drinking 
water. 1990 

(percentages) 

70 and over 
EO 50*69 
CD 25*49 
H 0*24 

I Insufficient data 


Sanitation 


POP MM POn 


without access 


ft 38 'h.'.'.i ai 


MfMDM. IHD 


(percentages) 
i I 70 and over 
□ 50-69 
H 25-49 
■i 0-24 

Insufficient data 


Sourer WHO, rasu> 


Some. WHO 1 992 



Five and over 
r~~l Four 


Droughts 

Number of 
drought years 
experienced by 
each country. 
1980-91 


Boumitry of Eriuea. formed 
soce 1991 . ts shown <i Qrey 


■■ Three 
Two 
One 

No reported drought years 


Source USOTDA. I99t 


Africa is more 
vulnerable to calamity 
than other continents. 
Its soils are generally 
poor, its climate fickle 
and its infrastructure 
weak. Despite these 
handicaps, Africa tries 
to feed a population 
that is growing faster 
than that of any other 
region. Unfortunately, 
African fanners are 
not keeping up and 
food production per 
caput continues to 
decline. 



1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 92 


Number of persons 

chronically 

undernourished 

Millions 


The Oita com 93 
tfewtopng countne* 
jceounttog tor 
98.5 jwrcent of the 
total peculado* of thn 
demlocwf) *ortd. 


1969-71 

1979-81 


500 


EZ I 1990-92 
HU 2010 


400 

300 


200 


100 


North Africa Sub-Saharan East South Latin America 

and Near East Africa Asia Asia and Caribbean 


The spectre of famine 



Between 1980 and 
1985, drought affected 
around 150 million 
people in Africa. This 
nomad watts for an 
air-drop of food aid in 
drought-stricken Chad. 


F amines have afflicted 
humanity since the dawn 
of time: the earliest known 
written record dates from 
Egypt in 3500 BC. Two 
famines swept over India in 
1702-04 and 1769-70, 
together killing 5 million 
people. The worst famine on 
record in 1876-79 claimed 
between 9 and 13 million 
lives in China. 

Famines are caused by 
human factors such as war, 
and ethnic, religious and 
tribal conflicts, as well as 
by adverse weather and other 
natural hazards, including 
volcanic eruptions and 
earthquakes. Poor people are 
generally much more 
vulnerable to such disasters 
than the rich, and are much 
less able to respond to them. 

Little progress has been 
made in preventing the 


causes of famine — the number 
of major disasters increased 
four-fold between the 1960s 
and 1 980s - but the 
international donor 
community has become better 
at preventing them turning 
into catastrophes. Between 
1980 and 1985, t<>r example, 

drought, aggravated by 
widespread land degradation, 
affected 21 countries and 
around 150 million people in 
Africa: but a USS I 000 
million emergency aid 
programme coordinated 
by the United Nations and 
its agencies saved millions 
of lives. 

Most developing countries 
now have plans to cope with 
natural emergencies. 
Bangladesh, for instance, has 
an elaborate early warning 
system for tracking cyclones 
arriving in the Bay of Bengal. 


It has also set up emergency 
cyclone shelters and food 
distribution centres. 

Some communities are 
also taking effective 
preventative action. After 
a series of devastating 
droughts in the 1 980s, the 
community of Kibwezi in 
Kenya, helped by the African 
Medical and Research 
Foundation, introduced 
drought-resistant crops, 
increased the number of 
farmed rabbits and domestic 
fowl, set up tree nurseries 
and developed energy-saving 
stoves. Water tanks were 
constructed and women’s 
groups were helped to initiate 
and manage activities to 
generate income. Droughts 
still threaten the land, 
but the people of Kibwezi 
are now better able to cope 
with them. 


is 


FOOD AND PEOPLE PIM1 NMONS OF \WI> a | 



Availability of food: 
How countries compare 



P eople often go hungry even 
though food is available 
because they are too poor to 
buy it. In the 1943 Bengal 
famine 2-3 million died, 
although there was no overall 
food shortage, because an 
economic boom raised prices 
beyond the reach of the poor. 

Most of the worlds poor 
and undernourished live in 82 
countries that cannot produce 
enough food to feed their 
populations and lack the 
financial resources to make up 
the deficit through imports. 


FAQ places special emphasis 
on improving food production 
and availability in these low- 
income food-deficit countries. 

It is helping farmers in high- 
potential areas to increase food 
supplies through sustainable 
but intensive agriculture. At 
the same time, subsistence 
cultivators in areas with poor 
soil or unreliable rainfall are 
being encouraged to diversify 
so as to increase self-reliance 
and protect the environment. 

Twenty-five years ago, 

4 1 percent of the people of Hast 


Asia were hungry; by 1992 this 
proportion had fallen to 
16 percent, despite an increase 
in population of over 500 
million. Over the same period 
the proportion malnourished 
in Latin America dropped from 
18 percent to 14 percent, and 
in the Near Hast from 
25 percent to 10 percent. Food 
availability in Africa has 
improved recently, but the 
average intake o! little more 
than 2 000 calories a day 
indicates that many people 
still receive less than that. 


Over the past 25 
years, the proportion 
of chronically 
undernourished 
people has declined. 



f 1 Latin America 

mû Near East 



Far East 

and Caribbean 

Afghanistan 

Jordan 

Syrian Arab Republic 

Bangladesh 

Maldives 

Bolivia 

Egypt 

Sudan 

Yemen 

Bhutan 

Mongolia 

Dominican Republic 




Cambodia 

Nepal 

Ecuador 




China 

Pakistan 

Guatemala 

r*F~l Africa 



India 

Philippines 

Haiti 

Angola 

Ethiopia 

Niger 

Indonesia 

Sri Lanka 

Honduras 

Benin 

Gambia 

Nigeria 

Laos 


Nicaragua 

Burkina Faso 

Ghana 

Rwanda 



Burundi 

Guinea 

Sao Tome and Principe 





Cameroon 

Guinea-Bissau 

Senegal 

L3 Europe and area of 



Cape Verde 

Kenya 

Sierra Leone 

the former USSR 


■1 Southwest 

Central African Rep. 

Lesotho 

Somalia 

Albania 

Turkmenistan 


Pacific 

Chad 

Liberia 

Swaziland 

Armenia 

Uzbekistan 


Kiribati 

Comoros 

Madagascar 

Tanzania, United Rep. 

Azerbai|an 



Papua New Guinea 

Congo 

Malawi 

Togo 

Georgia 



Samoa 

Côte d'Ivoire 

Mali 

Zaire 

Kyrgyzstan 



Solomon tslands 

Djibouti 

Mauritania 

Zambia 

Macedonia. Former 


Tuvalu 

Equatorial Guinea 

Morocco 

Zimbabwe 

Yugoslav Republic of 


Vanuatu 

Eritrea 

Mozambique 


Tajikistan 




DIMENSIONS Ol NEED FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copyrighted material 




Foodcrops and shortages 



KIRIBATI! 50c 


HONDURAS At*' LI 05 



The world is faced 
with starvation in 
the midst of plenty. 

The majority of the 
world's poor and 
undernourished people 
live in 82 low-income 
food-deficit countries 
(LlFDCs). Both Kiribati 
and Honduras fall into 
this category and are 
dependent on food aid. 
Their stamps shown 
above commemorate 
the International 
Conference on 
Nutrition in 1992. 


Summary forecasts (July/August 1994) 



Summary forecasts (September/October 1994) 


The Foodcrops and Shortages Special 
Reports - issued by FAO's Global 
Information and Early Warning System 
on Food and Agriculture (GJEWS) - 
provide up-to-date accounts, country 
by country, of crop conditions, 
production prospects and the national 
food supply situation in both 
developing and developed countries. 
Reports specify those countries with 
severe food shortages and identify 
those where current crop conditions 
give cause for concern. 


requiring exceptional 
assistance 


I J 


Unfavourable 


prospects for 


crops 


> 


Food supply 
shortfall in 
marketing year 
requiring exceptional 
assistance 


FOOOCROPS AND SHORTAGES 


20 


FOOD AND PEOPLE DIM! NSIONS OF MEED 







oí me principal 10 

cultivated plants 

i 1 Areas of genetic ♦ 

diversity of 
cultivated plants 



Selected food crops: 

1 . Chinese- Japanese region 
bamboo, millet, mustard, 
orange, peach, rice, 
soybean, tea 

2. Indochinese-lndonesian 
region 

bamboo, banana, coconut, 
grapefruit, mango, rice, 
sugar cane, yam 

3. Australian region 

macadamia nut 


4. Hindustani region 

banana, bean, chick-pea, 
citrus, cucumber, eggplant, 
mango, mustard, rice, 
sugar cane 

5. Central Asian region 

apple, apricot, bean, carrot, 
grape, melon, onion, pea, 
pear, plum, rye. spinach, 
walnut wheat 

6. Near Eastern region 
almond, barley, hg, grape, 
lentil, melon, pea, pistachio, 

rye, wheat 


7. Mediterranean region 

beetroot, cabbage, celery, 
fava bean, grape, lettuce, 
oats, olive, radish, wheat 

B. African region 
coffee, millet, oil palm, okra. 

sorghum, teff, wheat, yam 

9. European-Siberian 
region 

apple, cherry, chicory, hops, 
lettuce, pear 


10. South American region 
cacao, cassava, groundnut, 
lima bean, papaya, pineapple, 
potato, squash, sweet potato 
tomato 

11. Central American and 
Mexican region 

french bean, maize, 
pepper/chilli, potato, squash 

12. North American region 
blueberry, sunflower 


Staple crops are shown in bold type 


The world has over 
50 000 edible plants. 
Just three of them, 
rice, maize and wheat, 
provide 60 percent of 
the world's food 
energy intake. 




A staple food is one that 
is eaten regularly and 
in such quantities as to 
constitute the dominant part 
of the diet and supply a major 
proportion of energy and 
nutrient needs. 

A staple food does not meet 
a population’s total nutritional 
needs: a variety of foods is 
required. This is particularly 
the case for children and other 
nutritionally vulnerable 
groups. 

Typically, staple foods are 
well adapted to the growth 
conditions in their source 
areas. For example, they 
may lx* tolerant of drought, 


pests or soils low in nutrients. 
Farmers often rely on staple 
crops to reduce risk and 
increase the resilience of their 
agricultural systems. 

Most people live on a diet 
based on one or more of the 
following staples: rice, wheat, 
maize (corn), millet, sorghum, 
roots and tubers (potatoes, 
cassava, yams and taro), and 
animal products such as meat, 
milk, eggs, cheese and fish. 

Of more than 50 000 edible 
plant species in the world, only 
a few Hundred contribute 
significantly to food supplies. 
Just 15 crop plants provide 
90 percent of the world’s food 


energy intake, with three - 
rice, maize and wheat - 
making up two-thirds of this. 
These three arc the staples of 
over 4 000 million people. 

Although there are over 
10 000 species in the 
Gramineae (cereal) family, 
few have been widely 
introduced into cultivation 
over the past 2 000 years. 
Rice feeds almosr half of 
humanity. Per caput rice 
consumption has generally 
remained stable, or risen 
slightly since the 1960s. It 
has declined in recent years 
in many of the wealthier 
rice-consuming countries. 



DIMENSION'S OF Nl l l) FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copy righte^ m aterial 


FOODS 



SIERRA LEONE 


The main staple foods 
In the average African 
diet are (in terms of 
energy) cereals 
(46 percent), roots and 
tubers (20 percent) 
and animal products 
(7 percent). 



In Western Europe the 
main staple foods in 
the average diet are 
(in terms of energy) 
animal products 
(33 percent), cereals 
(26 percent) and roots 
and tubers (4 percent). 


such as Japan, the Republic 
of Korea and Thailand, 
because rising incomes have 
enabled people to eat a more 
varied diet. 

Roots and tubers are 
important staples tor over 
I 000 million people in the 
developing world. They 
account for roughly 
40 percent of the food eaten 
by half the population of 
sub-Saharan Africa. They 
are high in carbohydrates, 
calcium and vitamin C, bur 
low in protein. 

Per caput consumption of 
roots and tubers has been 
falling in many countries since 
the beginning of the 1970s, 
mainly because urban 
populations have found it 
cheaper and easier to buy 
imported cereals. Since 1970, 
consumption of roots and 
tubers in the Pacific Islands 
has fallen by 8 percent, while 
cereal consumption jumped by 
40 percent, from 6 1 to 85 
kilograms per person. 

Many countries are 
experiencing a similar shift 
away from traditional foods, 
but there is growing 
recognition of the importance 
of traditional food crops in 
nutrition. After years of being 
considered “poor people’s 
foods” some of these crops are 
now enjoying a comeback. 
Cassava, considered a minor 
crop at the turn of the century, 
has now become one of the 
developing world's most 
important staples providing a 
basic diet for around 
500 million people. Plantings 
arc increasing faster than for 
any other crop. Quinoa, a 
grain grown in the high Andes, 
is also gaining wider 
acceptance even outside of 
Latin America w-ith the 
introduction of new varieties 
and improved processing. 


Proportions of food in average diets 


North America, Central America and Caribbean 




South America 


World diets 

Average daily caloñe intake ot 
the following food groups as a 
percentage of total: 


Roots and tubers 
■■ Meat, fish, milk, eggs 
l~ I Fruits, vegetables, pulses, nuts 
■■ Oils. tats, sugars 
I I Other foods and food groups 
contnbuting less than to percent 
to the DES (see below) 

Each coloured segment indicates a 
contribution ol 10 percent or more to the 
average dietary energy supply (DES). Other 
foods and any food group providing less than 
10 percent to the DES is coloured grey. 

Because the hgms are shorn as ranges and not precise 
numtter* iegmnts sfwwng wmitar percentaje* do not atwayt 
appear same sire 


HÜÜ vtn 




Bounûu «s ot nemlf tanned notons lin I or tut! USSR, lit 
former rpgottana. in t cerner OJCfotJoiaLa, Ernie*) are 
3*o«n in grirj OaU tar that countries nut sralaWe 


22 


FOOD AND PEOPLE 


STAPLE FOODS 


I 

Europe and area of the former USSR Asia 

IT4 *** ¿ÜVIKMMI 
lt'i'#ltVlt% « «. t : ■<*= % -1* v .It 



DIMENSIONS «f NUI) FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copyrighted liiaterial 


STAPLE FOODS 


THE WORLD'S 
FORGOTTEN FOODS 

Some traditional food 
plants could become 
foods of the future - a 
convenient source of 
income, improved 
nutrition and 
increased food supply. 

Amaranth and 
quinoa - grains that 
originally came from 
the Andes and were 
holy to the Incas of 
Peru and the Aztecs of 
Mexico - are being re- 
evaluated. Both are 
versatile and 
nutritious. They are 
also hardy: amaranth 
thrives in hot 
climates; quinoa is 
frost resistant and can 
be grown as high as 
4 000 metres. 

Many more 

traditional foods await 
development and 
wider use. 


Other important nutritional sources - complementary foods 


T hroughout the world, 
complementary foods play 
an essential role in meeting 
nutrient requirements. They 
include protein sources - 
meat, poultry, fish, legumes 
and milk products; energy 
sources - fats, oils and sugars; 
and vitamin and mineral 
sources - fruits, vegetables 
and animal products. 

In addition to conventional 
crops and agricultural 
products, the following are 
valuable sources of nutrition. 
Their importance is particularly 
obvious during seasonal and 
emergency shortages. 



Wild plants are essential for 
many rural subsistence 
households; at least l 000 
million people are thought to 
use them. In Ghana, for 
instance, the leaves of over 
100 species of wild plants - 
and the fruits of another 200 
- are consumed. In rural 
Swaziland, more than 220 
species of wild plants provide 
a greater share of the diet 
than domesticated cultivars. 
In India, Malaysia and 
Thailand, about 150 wild 
plant species have been 
identified as sources of 
emergency food. 



Wild animals including insects, 
birds, fish, rodents and larger 
mammals are often the only 
source of animal protein for 
rural people. In parts of the 
Peruvian Amazon, for example, 
over 85 percent of dietary- 
animal protein is from the wild. 
Some 62 developing countries 
rely on wildlife for at least one- 
fifth of their animal protein. 



Fish supplements the rice diet 
of many north-eastern Thai 
and Lao farming families. 

Both fish and frogs are caught 
in streams, irrigation canals, 
ditches, water reservoirs and 
flooded paddy fields. 



Tree foods and home gardens 

contribute significantly to rural 
diets. In West Java, Indonesia, 
coconut trees and home 
gardens produce 32 percent 
of total dietary protein and 
44 percent of total calorie 
needs. In Puerto Rico, the 
produce from home gardens 
has increased vitamin A and C 
intake, especially in children. 



Forest foods can provide varied 
food year round, supplying 
essential minerals and 
vitamins. They include: wild 
leaves, seeds and nuts, fruits, 
roots and tubers, mushrooms, 
honey and animal products. 


24 


FOOD AND PEOPLE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

uopyrigntea material 


Who are the food producers? 




Fruit and vegetable market, Guinea. 

O ver 1 000 million farmers 
work the land: men and 
women, young and old. 

Nearly all of them live in the 
developing world. Only a 
relatively small number, 
around 50 million, live in the 
developed countries where 
agriculture is typically highly 
mechanized. 

Farms have been getting 
bigger and bigger in the 
developed countries as tens of 
thousands of small farmers, 
unable to make a living, have 
left the land. Most of North 
America's food is now 
produced by large-scale, 
commercial operations. Often 
they integrate production with 
food processing, marketing 
and distribution in a complete 
agribusiness system. 

By contrast, farms in most of 
the developing world consist of 
small, family-owned plots, 
many of which have been 


cultivated for generations. Small 
farmers constitute over half the 
world’s rural poor, but they 
produce about four-fifths of 
food supplies in developing 
countries. 

Division of labour 

The roles of men and women 
in food production, processing 
and marketing vary, but 
women usually play a pivotal 
role. In sub-Saharan Africa, 
they produce and market up to 
90 percent of all food grown 
locally. 

Lack of employment 
opportunities in rural areas 
gives rise to seasonal or 
permanent emigration, usually 
of men. In some parts of Africa 
for example, 60 percent of 
households are now headed by 
women. On average women 
work longer hours than men, 
but very few of them have title 
to the land they work. 


Population economically active in 
agriculture 

900 



S U W ñ 

m E E d. 

< « * 


ts> £ 

00 


Children become farm 
labourers at an early age, 
working as many as 45 hours 
a week in the harvest season. 

Women in the developing 
world are almost entirely 
responsible for growing food 
for the household. And in 
many countries, they arc also 
responsible for taking care of 
larger livestock even though 
the owners are usually men. In 
Nepal, for example, where 
grazing land is scarce, women 
are responsible for collecting 
fodder for the buffaloes - and 
a single animal can consume 
up to 40 tonnes of grass and 
leaves a year. 


For every one fanner In 
the developed world 
there are 19 in the 
developing world. 
Where there Is 
mechanization, fewer 
workers can produce 
more food. 


Division of labour 
by gender in Africa 

(percentages) 

0 20 40 GO 80 100 

Domestic work 

Processing & storing crops 

Weeding 

Harvesting 

Caring for livestock 

Planting 

Ploughing 

1 I Women's work 

i I Men's work 


DIMENSIONS or Nin> FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copy righieáViate rial 



ARE THE FOOD PRODUCERS? 


FARMING SYSTEMS 
IN THE DEVELOPING 
WORLD 

Four broad agro- 
ecological zones account 
for 90 percent of 
agricultural production Hi 
developing countries. 
Each has a range of 
farming systems and a 
mixture of traditional 
and modem production 
systems. 


Humid and per-humid 
lowlands 
Population: 1 OOO 

million 4 

Area: 3 100 million ha 
Features: mostly 
forested areas; 
environmental 
deterioration, mainly due 
to loss of tree cover, 
reasonable food security 
(80 percent of root and 
tuber production in 
developing world) 

Major systems: 
sfiifting cultivation; 
plantations (e.g. rubber); 
horticulture (widespread); 
extensive grazing (mainly 
In Latin America) 



Hill and mountain 


Cultivators 



Small-scale farmer. Peru. 


An enormous range of 
people, from the “grain 
barons" of the United 
Kingdom’s East Anglia and the 
United States' Midwest to the 
small-scale farmers of Sichuan, 
China, from African mothers 
to Indian landless labourers, 
till the soil for a living. 

Large-scale farmers tend 
to specialize in one or two 
crops and nearly all of their 
produce is sold. They 
depend on external, often 
costly, inputs such as chemical 
fertilizer, high-yielding seeds 
and mechanization. The 
subsistence farmer, by 
contrast, produces as much 
of his family's food needs 
as possible and cannot usually 
afford expensive inputs. 

Selling produce is a 
secondary consideration but 
a hoped-for bonus to make 
cash purchases of household 
essentials. Some small-scale 
farmers have, however, turned 
to producing single cash 
crops for income. 

The merits of high input, 
single enterprise farming are 
increasingly being questioned. 
The need is to use inputs 


efficiently to keep the costs 
of production low while 
avoiding pollution and land 
degradation. In some 
instances, for example where 
the productive potential of 
the land is low or the risk of 
crop failure high, low input 
mixed farming is being 
encouraged. TTiis type of 
farming cannot, however, 
produce all the tonnages 
needed to feed cither present 
or future generations. 
Intensified mixed farming is 
also required. 

Farming requires an array 
of skills: farmers must 


understand soil types and 
their limitations, know when 
to plant and harvest and what 
types of crops to rotate, when 
to apply organic or man-made 
fertilizers and pesticides, and 
be able to harvest and market 
their produce. 

Poorer countries in the 
developing regions often lack 
the resources to provide 
much help. Where resources 
arc available, farmers still 
may not receive the support 
that matches their needs 
and capabilities. 

Small farmers in the 
developing world usually have 


Population: 500 million* 
Area: 1 000 million ha 
Features: many areas 
with slopes of more than 
30 percent gradient; 
most forms of 
environmental 
deterioration evident, 
particularly soil erosion; 
food insecurity 
increasing 
Major systems: 
hillfarming (e.g. in 
Himalayas. Andes); 
dairy and grazing (eg. 
Latin America) 


Nearly 500 million people live 
in or close to forests. Most 
forest peoples grow some 
crops but they still rely on the 
natural productivity of the 
forests. 

They use many forest 
products: plant stems, tubers 
and fruits provide additional 
food during hungry seasons or 
when crops fail; wild animals 
arc hunted for their meat and 
hides; and the forests provide 
fodder for livestock, fuclwood 


Forest people 


and medicines. Coastal 
mangrove forests nurture fish 
and crustaceans (shrimp and 
crabs), and provide wood for 
building and leaves for fodder. 

Tribal people such as the 
Bhil, Mina and Sehariya in 
India depend on hill forests for 
wood and food, while the 
Maku of Colombia and Brazil, 
hunter-gatherers living in the 
upper reaches of the Amazon 
Basin, collect everything they 
need from the forest. 



Using forest products. 


26 


FOOD AND PEOPLE W M. N*»»Ot, W| , ¡g. 


WHO ARE THE FOOD PRODUCERS? 


Pastoral ists 



only enough land to meet 
the needs of their families, or 
immediate community. Those 
able to produce surpluses 
for sale are at a disadvantage 
compared with large-scale 
farmers. Few small farmers 
have any control over the 
marketing and distribution of 
their produce, or even its 
price at the “farm gate". 

They also tend to be left out 
of mainstream development. 

Large-scale farmers arc 
usually able to take 
advantage of new harvesting 
techniques and other 
innovations. Successful 
farmers may buy out 
smallholders, who are then 
forced into the ranks of 
the landless. By 1994, there 
were some 500 million 
landless people in rural areas 
of developing countries - 
over 900 million if farmers 
with very little land arc 
added in. 

In order to increase food 
production there is a need to 
ensure adequate food supplies 
and incomes for all and to 
draw farmers beyond 
subsistence level agriculture. 



Meo people, Thailand. 


Cattle herding, Niger. 

Pastoralists live and work in 
the world’s drylands - 
ranging from the Texas 
rancher w ho runs cattle on 
2 000 square kilometres of 
pasture to the nomadic 
Masai of Kenya and 
Tanzania who herd their 
cattle over their traditional 
rangelands. They raise 
livestock for their own 
consumption, or for sale to 
consumers in cities and 
towns, and as a source of 
savings. The largest meat 
producers, mainly in North 
and South America and 
Australia, cater for the 
international market, 
supplying North America 
and Asia. 

Pastoralists are often 
better off than settled 
farmers during normal 
times. They can move their 
animals to follow- the rains 
or take them to established 
seasonal grazing areas. They 
are often the first victims, 
however, of prolonged 
environmental stress - such 
as extended drought. 
Domestic animals arc less 
able to survive until the 
rains return w hereas crops 
can be stored and some. 


especially new varieties, are 
heat tolerant and drought 
resistant. 

Developing world 
pastoralists have evolved 
ways of making productive 
use of some of the world’s 
most inhospitable areas, 
often moving as nomads 
from place to place to 
minimize pressure on the 
land. 

Disaster can follow when 
their traditional ways arc 
disrupted. When, for 
example, one African 
government decided to settle 
a nomadic population 
around some 200 permanent 
water holes, they had soon 
chopped down every tree in 
the area for use as fuelwood 
and building material. Their 
animals ate every blade of 
grass and every shrub, 
leaving a ring of desolation 
for kilometres around the 
water holes. Stripped of 
vegetation, the soil was soon 
blown away by the wind. It 
was found that if the 
nomads were allowed to 
return to their traditional 
life, the land w-ould support 
twice as many people and 
their animals. 


FARMING SYSTEMS 
IN THE DEVELOPING 
WORLD 


Irrigated and naturally 
flooded areas 

Population: 1 000 

million + 

Area: 215 million ha 
Features: limitations 
include high costs, 
waterlogging, 
salinization and pollution 
of groundwater: 
crucial to food socurity 
(60 percent of grain 
production in developing 
world) 

Major systems: 

lowland rice-based; 
irrigated farming (many 
crops); 

aquaculture (minor); 
intensive animal 
production; 
horticulture 


Drylands and areas of 
uncertain rainfall 

Population: 500 million* 
Area: 3 400 million ha 
Features: less than 
500mm rainfall In 
drylands or semi-humid 
with light erratic rainfall; 
some 6 million ha lost 
annually through 
desertification; 
food insecurity common 
Major systems: 
pastoral; 

upland cereal-based; 
some plantations 
(e.g. sisal); 
horticulture (on small 
Irrigated areas) 



DIMENSIONS Of NEED FOOD ANO PEOPLE 


Copy rightecPFn aterial 


ARE THE FOOD PRODUCERS? 



Fishing fteet. Scotland. Fishermen. Bangladesh. 



Fisherfolk 



Fish farm, China. 



Artisanal fishing. Malawi. 


Some 20 million fishermen 
ply the world's seas and 
inland waters or farm fish. 
They harvest about 
100 million tonnes of fish, 
shellfish, invertebrates and 
aquatic plants every year: 
around 80 percent of the 
catch is landed by 
commercial operators and 
roughly 20 percent, largely in 
the developing world, by the 
worlds 12-15 million small- 
scale artisanal fishermen. A 
further 16 million tonnes are 
produced by fish farmers. 
Over half the world’s fish 
catch is taken by developing 
countries. 

Fish is the world’s largest 
wild food harvest, and 
provides the major source of 
animal protein for over 
1 000 million people, most 
of them in Asia. It is also 
particularly important in the 
diet of such developed 
countries as Japan, Spain 
and Iceland. 


In recent years, fish 
stocks have been seriously 
depicted by large-scale 
commercial operations on 
the high seas and small and 
medium-scale ones in waters 
falling under national 
jurisdiction. All 17 of the 
world’s major fishing areas 
have either reached or 
exceeded their natural limits 
and 9 arc in serious decline. 

Small-scale artisanal 
fishermen in the tropics, who 
operate from canoes and 
small boats, are less likely to 
over-fish, but all too often 
the sheer pressure of 
numbers overwhelms the 
age-old systems for 
managing stocks. These 
traditional fishing 
communities arc among the 
poorest and most neglected 
in the world. They often 
lack clean drinking water, 
sanitation, housing, medical 
care, transport and 
communications as well as 


safe and equipped harbours 
and connections to markets. 
Outside the mainstream 
of economic and political 
life, they frequently suffer 
as a result of a lack of 
recognized rights to 
resources and competition 
from medium-scale 
commercial operators with 
better access to capital, 
subsidies and administrations. 

The plight of these fishing 
communities has been 
increasingly recognized. For 
example, FAO’s Bay of 
Bengal Programme, which 
was started in 1979, focuses 
on promoting development 
in small-scale fishing 
communities in the Bay’s 
seven bordering countries. 
This, and other development 
programmes, operate 
under the assumption that if 
local communities receive 
rights and responsibilities 
over resources they will be 
better managed. 


28 


FOOD AND PEOPLE IMMLNSlUNS Ul N£Uf Q | 


Impact of poverty on life 



T he poor usually live in 
the most undesirable 
areas - in deserts, in swamps, 
along storm-ridden coasts, 
on hillsides prone to 
landslides and avalanches, 
near garbage dumps or in 
industrial zones. 

Some live on city streets 
in makeshift houses of 
cardboard or discarded 
wood. For much of the year 
they may be underemployed 
or completely unemployed. 
When they can find work it 
is low' paid. Many survive 
on a diet that is inadequate 
for at least parr of the year. 
They have very little money 
for other necessities such 
as education, family 
planning, medical care and 
transport. 

The following profiles from 
different parts of the world 
arc typical of the daily lives of 
poor families. 


GNP per caput, 1993 USS 



Uruguay 

Colombia 
Philippines 
Central African Rep. 

Mali 3i 

Bangladesh 220 

Uganda 190 

Viet Nam 170. 

Nepal in 

United Rep. Tanzania 100 






Country featured 
in this chapter 

Source Wortfl Bank Alls. (MS 


Poor people need to 
be resourceful 
because they often 
live in hostile physical 
environments 
completely lacking 
amenities. 


Rural family: Bangladesh 


A typical poor farm family 
in Bangladesh has six 
members and lives in a 
dilapidated thatched house 
with earth floors. Their 
water comes from a well 
shared with about 150 
other people. There is no 
sewage disposal; families 
share pit latrines, or use 
the waterways. 

The family grows two 
rice crops a year on a tiny 
0.1 hectare plot, but the 
meagre harvest meets only 
about one-fifth of the 
family's food needs. 
Members of the family 
must work on neighbouring 
farms to earn money to buy 
the rest. Nearly 90 percent 
of the family's spending is 
on food; what little remains 
is used for clothing, 



medicines and schooling. 
With the passage of time 
their wages have bought less 
and less rice. 


On average, the family 
members cat approximately 
1 700 calories each 
per day. As a result they 
are well below normal 
weight and height. Two 
children had died before 
reaching their second 
birthdays. 

In times of crisis such 
as famine or flood, the 
family would first sell 
household possessions, then 
tools and finally their land. 
It would then join the 
growing number of the 
landless. 

Those families who can 
hold on to their land do not 
necessarily fare better; they 
often fall deep in debt to 
money lenders - a treadmill 
from which it is very hard 
to escape. 



DIMENSIONS OF NEED FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copy righ 29 material 


OF POVERTY ON LIFE 



Industrial labourer’s family: Colombia 





This urban family of six 
lives in a shared, rented 
house in a shanty town on 
the edge of Bogota. The 
house has electricity and 
running water, but no 
sanitation. 


The father’s work, manual 
labour on construction sites, 
is heavy. The mother takes 
care of three school-age 
children and a baby, as well 
as doing domestic work. 
Their total income rarely 
exceeds the minimum wage: 
20 percent of it is spent on 
rent, 70 percent on food, 
and the rest on transport, 
education, health services 
and recreation. 

The family gets 29 percent 
of its dietary energy from 
cereals (rice, wheat and 
maize), 18 percent from 
sugar and 10 percent from 
potatoes and cassava. The 
family eats 8 400 calories of 
food a day, unequally 
shared, with the father 
eating most because of his 
heavy work. 


The children are all short 
for their age and under- 
weight because they do not 
cat enough food. And they 
suffer from diarrhoea, 
respiratory infections and 
parasites. 

The minimum wage has 
kept only slightly ahead of 
the cost of living, but food 
prices have risen faster than 
inflation as a whole. 

The father is frequently 
unemployed because work 
in the building industry is 
irregular. When the father is 
out of work the rent still 
has to be paid and the 
family has to buy food on 
credit at a high-priced local 
store. 



Small-scale fishing family: Tanzania 


The fisherman s family lives 
on Kerebc Island, on Lake 
Victoria. There are six 
children. Small-scale farmers 
and landless farm labourers 
and their families migrate to 
the island in the fishing 
season, which lasts from May 
until the rains come in 
September. The men fish, 
while the women earn money 
by processing the catch. 

The family lives in a flimsy 
grass house and shares a pit 
latrine. There is no electricity' 
or running water. 

Bananas are the major food 
grown on the island and 
families often raise goats and 
poultry. Most of the island s 
staple foods - maize, cassava 
flour, rice and beans - must 
be brought in from the 
mainland. The fisherman eats 


two meals a day of a simple 
bean and banana porridge 
flavoured with fish sauce 
made from a small sardine 
called dagaa from the lake. 
Dagaa is considered a “poor 
mans food” but is highly 
nutritious because it is eaten 



whole and so supplies calcium 
and iron as well as other 
essential micronutrients. 

The family’s nutrition 
ranges from adequate to 
marginal, depending on 
income from fishing: when 
there is no money, they can 
buy no other food. Money 
can be borrowed and later 
repaid with cash or fish, but 
this often gets fishing families 
deep into debt. In normal 
circumstances the income is 
enough to buy food and 
some goods and to save to 
buy inputs for farming during 
the rest of the year. But 
frequent fishing accidents 
and AIDS have killed or 
weakened some of the most 
productive in the community 
and cut many families’ 
incomes. 


to 


FOOD AND PEOPLE DIMENSIONS k*k' NEED ¡al 



IMPACT OF POVERTY ON LIFE 


Landless family: the Philippines 


This landless family of six 
lives in a small bamboo and 
palm thatch house. They have 
no electricity or running water 
and few possessions other 
than clothes, cooking utensils 
and a radio. They use 
kerosene for lighting and 



pay a monthly fee to get 
drinking water from a shared 
tap. Their farm equipment 
is a sickle and a mat for 
drying jute. 

They grow vegetables and 
keep a pig and a few ducks 
on their rented home plot. 
Weeding a landowners plot 
gives them the right to a 
share of its harvest (usually 
one-eighth to one-sixth of 
the crop). This increases 
their security, but means that 
they have no income for two 
or three months before the 
harvest as there is no 
agricultural work at the time. 

Farm work is their sole 
source of cash income. The 
entire family works at 
harvesting, threshing and 
winnowing during the two 
main rice harvests. In a 


typical year, 65 percent of 
income comes from crop- 
share payments, 1 5 percent 
from cash wages and 
20 percent from the sale of a 
fattened pig. 

Two-thirds of the family’s 
total spending is on food. 
Nearly half of their food is 
rice, mainly from crop-share 
payments, but they also eat 
vegetables, salt, milk, fish and, 
rarely, meat. The family’s 
average dietary energy intake 
is 10 200 calories per day. 

Their low, irregular income 
frequently forces them into 
debt: where possible they 
borrow from friends and 
neighbours to avoid the 19- 
25 percent monthly interest 
charged by money lenders. A 
serious illness could easily 
bankrupt them. 



A pastoral family of six lives 
on the parched plains of 
Mali in round huts built of 
dried stalks, which are water- 
resistant w hen new and can 
be erected easily. This Fulani 
family has a herd of 24 cattle 
and 10 goats and grows a 
crop of millet during the 
rainy season. 

In the wet season they 
camp around rain ponds, 
which dry out by November. 
During the cold, dry season 
(November-February). the 
young men take most of the 
cattle in search of grazing. 

The rest of the household, 
with their goats, weaker 
animals and a few milk cow s, 
camp on the edge of a village, 
and buy or barter for water. 

During the hot. dry 
season, they move camp to a 


Pastoral family: Mali 

permanent water hole. 

Among the Fulani, adult 
men are responsible for the 
main herd and for most of 
the millet cultivation. Boys 
tend goats and calves. The 
women and girls collect fuel 
wood and water for domestic 
use, help with the harvest, 
pound millet and prepare 
meals. 

The household’s maximum 
dietary energy intake, which is 
in October after the harvest, is 
14 700 calories per day, 
enough to meet their dictan 
needs. It is at its lowest, 
between 7 840 and 8 820 
calorics per day, from 
December to June. The weight 
of both adults and children 
varies with the seasons. 

Selling livestock accounts 
for over 90 percent of the 



family’s cash income, while 
half of their spending is on 
cereals. Prolonged drought 
spells disaster. In 1973, after 
five years of drought, 100 000 
Malians perished, along with 
about half of their animals. 



DIMENSIONS OK NF.F.D FOOD ANO PEOPLE 


Copyrighted 'material 



OF POVERTY ON LIFE 



Farm family: Central African Republic 



Living in a humid, subtropical 
climate, this family of six 
survives on the shifting 
cultivation of cassava. They 
live in a rudimentary hut, 
fashioned from mud and 
thatch, with no running water, 
electricity or sanitation. The 
family has no access to social 
services. Among such people 
infant mortality rates are as 
high .is 160 per I 000 live- 
births and life expectancy is no 
more than 40 years. 

Once the soil becomes 
unproductive after a few years 
of cultivation, the family 
moves on to clear another part 
of the forest. Sometimes, 
larger, community-level moves 
are organized by the village 
elders. The family shares the 
workload; it cannot count on 
any external help. 


The family grows bananas, 
yams and some vegetables, 
w hich partly cover their 
vitamin needs. It owns no 
livestock other than a few 
chickens and perhaps a goat 
or two. Most of its meat 
comes from hunting and 
fishing. The average food 
consumption is around 2 000 


calories per person per day. 

Overall, the total availability' 
of calories is adequate, but 
the family is continuously at 
risk of severe malnutrition 
because it depends heavily on 
cassava, lacks animal protein 
and its members suffer 
frequent attacks of debilitating 
diseases. 



A typical hill farmer in Nepal 
has a family of six and lives 
in a small hamlet of about 
30 households on terraced 
slopes in the lower hills of 
the Himalayas. The family 
home is made from mud, 
bricks and straw, and has dirt 
floors. There is no running 



Farm family: Nepal 

water or sanitation. The 
farmer owns his land - about 
half a hectare fragmented 
into seven or eight plots at 
different elevations. He owns 
some simple farm tools, some 
livestock and one draught 
bullock. 

Most family members share 
the heavy workload, but the 
women in the community 
tend to work longer than the 
men - 1 1 hours as compared 
to 8 hours per day. Even 
children aged 10-14 work 
between 4 and 7 hours doing 
household chores and weeding. 

The family grows mai/c 
and millet on rain-fed 
uplands and rice and wheat 
on low-lying, irrigable land. 
How much low-lying land a 
family has depends on its 
wealth. Crops are grown 


intensively, using much 
labour and organic manures. 

The farmer produces 
almost 60 percent of his 
family's food. He earns 
money to buy the rest by 
selling his labour, either 
within his village or far away 
in Katmandu, or even India. 
The family’s daily food 
consumption amounts to 
around 2 100 calories per 
person. 

Food production in Nepal's 
uplands has declined 
significantly over the past 
two decades. Since sons 
inherit equal shares of land, 
per caput farmland has 
declined; many remaining 
farmsteads are too small to 
support families of six or 
more individuals. Their 
future is bleak. 


FOOD AND PEOPLE OJM1 NMONS Ol Nfc£|) | 



IMPACT OP POVERTY ON UPE 


A typical family living in the 
Yen Lap cooperative in the 
remote area of Yen Houng 
Province, northern Viet Nam, 
has six members, three of 
whom work as labourers. 

Both men and women work 
in the rice paddies. The family 
also keeps pigs and buffaloes, 
fed and cared for by the 
women of the household. Its 
main foods are rice, cassava, 
cabbage and pig fat. 

The production system is 
based on shifting cultivation, 
and rice productivity' is low. 
The average yield of hill rice 
at only around 650 kilograms 
per hectare per year, is less 
than half that of low land 
rice. Typically, the family 
earns only 35 percent of its 
household cash income from 
the sale of agricultural crops. 


Forest family: Viet Nam 

The family’s food 
production meets just over 
half of their nutritional needs 
(58 percent). It depends on 
the nearby forest to provide it 
with the remainder. A wide 
selection of forest products is 
used, including 60 species of 
plants, fruits and wild 


animals. Five wild plant 
species substitute directly for 
rice, particularly during the 
three to four month 
“hungry” season prior to the 
harvest each year. Forest 
foods make the difference 
between getting by and 
starving. 



Family suffering from AIDS: Uganda 



In Uganda, where 3 million 
people arc expected to die 
from HIV/ AIDS between 
1991 and 2010, the disease 
has an impact upon both 
infected adults and those 
who depend on them. 


Esther, 35 years old and 
widowed, is the head of a 
household consisting of ten 
women and girls. She looks 
after her own three children 
and her brother’s three 
orphaned girls, her late 
husband’s 17-year-old 
daughter by another wife 
and her young child, and her 
sick stepmother. 

When her brother died, 
Esther inherited a hectare 
of land on which she 
grows maize, groundnuts, 
cassava and sweet potatoes 
for family consumption. 

She does most of the 
work herself as the children 
only work on the farm on 
Saturdays. Sometimes she 
hires casual labourers to 
help her, and pays them 
in kind. 


Esther also brews beer. 
This is very labour intensive 
and provides only a small 
profit, but she has no other 
way of generating the cash 
she needs to buy necessities 
such as soap, salt and fish 
or meat. 

The family eats leftovers 
for breakfast and sorghum, 
sometimes with potatoes and 
greens, for dinner. During 
the “hungry season” in 
March and April. Esther 
works as a casual labourer 
for USS 0.45 a day, enough 
income to provide one daily 
meal for her family. 

Esther’s own three girls are 
at school, but she cannot 
afford to continue paying the 
fees for the orphans, and is 
pessimistic about their 
future. 



DIMENSIONS OF NEED FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copyrighted 3 :: aterial 


Feeding the world: 

The search for food security 


Urban and rural 
population projections 
In developing 
countries 

Millions (and 
percentage of 
population) 



Growth rates, 
1985-2010 (percent) 

Rural: 0.8 
Urban: 3.4 
Total: 1.8 


T he population of most 
developing countries is still 
growing rapidly, even though 
the rate of growth has slowed 
down. Every year the global 
population increases by 
90 million. Most of the 
increase, around 95 percent, 
takes place in the developing 
world. Populations in most 
developed countries are 
increasing only slightly, if at 
all; in some of them, such as 
Germany and Hungary, they 
are even falling. 

Taking the most 
conservative projections for 
world population growth over 
the next 30 years, food 
production will need to double 
in order to meet minimum 
requirements. Yet the land 
available to produce this 
additional food is being 
degraded, largely as a result of 
deforestation, overgrazing 
and poor farming practices. 
FAO estimates that some 
l 200 million hectares of 
land arc affected by soil 
degradation. Erosion by wind 
and water accounts for just 
over 1 000 million hectares of 
this, with the balance 
caused by chemical and 
physical degradation. 

At the same time, the 
availability of productive 
agricultural land per 
caput is declining in many 
countries because of 
population growth and the 
lack of reserves that could be 
brought into production. 

Data from 57 
developing countries 
™ show that nearly 

50 percent of all farms are 
smaller than 1 hectare in size. 
Many poor farmers find that, 
as a result, they can no longer 
make a living from their land. 

In the developing countries 
people are migrating in large 
numbers to towns and cities 



in search of paid employment 
and better opportunities. 
Nearly 70 percent of all Latin 
Americans now live in urban 
areas compared to just 
30 percent or so 30 years ago. 
Urban areas are growing by 
6-8 percent a year in sub- 
Saharan Africa. Soon, more 
people will live in towns and 
cities than in the countryside 
in developing countries as a 
whole. The young and more 
vigorous people rend to 
migrate, leaving women, 
children and the old to carry 
the burden of work. 


Food services have grown up 
to provide for city workers and 
others who spend most of the 
day far from home. Street 
vendors, restaurants, fast food 
chains and caterers are 
important in almost every 
country. In Malaysia, for 
example, street food sales from 
the 100 000 or more vendors 
are estimated to have an 
annual value of more than 
US$ 2 000 million. 

In the developing world, 
street vendors usually sell 
traditional dishes that are 
produced locally. They provide 


î 4 


FOOD AND PEOPLE IMMF \MONS OF SfchD 



Poverty is the root cause of food 
insecurity. A food secure country 
can produce, store or import the 
food It needs and distribute It 
equitably. Food insecure countries 
typically have either large numbers 
of very poor people, or very low 
average food consumption levels, 
or large fluctuations In food 
supplies coupled with low 
consumption levels. 

No single recipe will ensue 
food security for all Individuáis, 
households or nations. The basic 


Agriculture and population 



To feed the world 
population in the year 
2025, predicted to 
be 8 500 million, 
current world food 
production will have 
to more than double. 


Ingredients, Illustrated here, are 
well-known, although their quality 
and availability vary greatly from 
region to region. 

Making people's nutritional well- 
being the focus of national and 
International development pódeles 
- and using It as a measure of 
their su cc es s - would be a major 
step In creating a well-fed world. 



a ready market ior farmers 
and home gardeners. Many 
poor families also depend on 
them. For those living in 
shanty towns, they may be the 
only source of cooked food. 

Many street vendors offer 
good nutritious food, but 
some sell products of 
questionable hygiene and 
safety. As a result, where 
street foods are widespread 
vendors need to be trained 
and standards introduced to 
ensure good hygiene and 
provide food free from 
harmful contamination. 


The world's ten largest urban agglomerations by the year 2000 Millions 


Tokyo 
Bombay 
Sao Paulo 
Shanghai 
New York 
Mexico City 
Beijing 
Jakarta 
Lagos 

Los Angeles 



What is food security? 


Food security exists when 
“all people at all times have 
access to the food they need 
for a healthy active life”. 

Achieving food security 
depends on four key factors: 

Availability of adequate 
food supplies - there must 
be enough food to ensure 
that each person's daily 

energy and nutrient needs 
can be met. 

Access to sufficient food - 
even in a country with 
adequate food supplies, food 
security does not exist for 


those who cannot afford to 
buy enough and/or grow 
their own. 

Stability of supplies - severe 
fluctuations in food 
availability or accessibility, 
caused by such factors as 
droughts, floods, sharp price 
increases or seasonal 
unemployment, leave people 
vulnerable. 

Cultural acceptability - use of 
certain foods, food 
combinations or handling 
methods can be preempted by 
religious or cultural taboos. 



About one-third of the 
people In cities of the 
developing world live 
In desperately 
overcrowded slums 
and squatter 
settlements. 


DIMENSIONS OF MID FOOD AND PEOPLE 


Copyrightedmaterial 


THE SEARCH FOR FOOD SECURITY 



Arable land per caput 

Hectares 



1950 70 90 2050 * 

* bawl on UN PopUatwn 
DwnKMft low. m«»ufn and tagh 
popUaUon provenons 




Pressures on resources for food production 


A lthough the volume of 
agricultural production 
has doubled over the past 
30 years, this progress has 
bypassed many countries and 
peoples: in sub-Saharan Africa 
nutritional levels have actually- 
fallen since the 1970s. 

Poverty' is the root cause of 
undernutrition in a world 
which has been able to increase 
overall food production. The 
major problem is that the 
increases are spread unevenly 
around the globe, and that the 
poor cannot afford to buy what 
is produced. 

An increasing population 
has to live off a dwindling 
supply of arable land and 
increasingly limited water 
resources. There is a vicious 
circle between increasing 
poverty and resource 
degradation. This makes it 


vital to achieve sustainable 
forms of agriculture. 

Sustainable agricultural and 
rural development conserves 
land, water and plant and 
animal genetic resources. It is 
environmentally non-degrading 
and technically appropriate, as 
well as being economically 
viable and socially acceptable. 

Some improvements are 
already accessible to the small 
farmers who form the 
majority- of food producers. 
They include a range of 
farming practices designed to 
reduce the need for high levels 
of expensive farm inputs such 
as chemical fertilizers and 
pesticides. Integrated plant 
nutrition uses a combination 
of organic and mineral sources 
of soil nutrients with tillage 
and crop rotation to increase 
crop production; and 


integrated pest management 
(IPM) which reduces the need 
for chemical pesticides by- 
making use of biological 
controls to minimize disease 
and damage by pests. 

To achieve sustainable food 
production and security, poor 
farmers need access to finance 
and productive resources, 
including advice and technical 
help. Rural incomes, status of 
women, diets and food 
distribution systems need to 
be improved. Agricultural 
waste will have to be reduced. 
Lind and other resources will 
have to be distributed more 
equitably. At the same time, 
progress in reducing 
population growth will help 
relieve pressure on resources 
and bring food production 
and supplies into balance with 
needs and demand. 


International Conference on Nutrition 


In December 1992, some 
159 countries and the 
European Community 
gathered in Rome for the 
International Conference on 
Nutrition. Organized jointlv 
by FAO and WHO, the 
Conference adopted a broad- 
based plan of action to 
combat malnutrition. 

The Conference had nine 
major themes: 

• Improving household food 
security 

• Preventing and managing 
infectious diseases 

• Promoting breast-feeding 

• Caring for the socio- 
economically deprived and 
nutritionally vulnerable 

• Promoting appropriate diets 
and healthy lifestyles 

• Protecting consumers 
through improved food 
quality and safety 

• Preventing and combating 
specific micronutrient 
deficiencies 


• Assessing, analysing and 
monitoring nutrition levels 

• Incorporating nutrition 
objectives into development 
policies and programmes. 

The participating states agreed 
to take all necessary steps to 
eliminate, before the end of this 
decade: 

• Famine and famine-related 
deaths 

• Starvation and nutritional 
deficiency diseases in 
communities affected by- 

natural and man-made 
disasters 

• Iodine and vitamin A 
deficiencies. 

They also pledged to reduce 
substantially within this decade: 

• Starvation and w idespread 
chronic hunger 

• Undernutrition, especially 
among children, women and 
the aged 

• Other important 
micronutrient deficiencies, 
including iron 


• Diet-related communicable 
and non-communicable 
diseases 

• Social and other 
impediments to optimal 
breast-feeding 

• Inadequate sanitation and 
poor hygiene, including 
unsafe drinking w-ater. 

By 1995, some 90 countries 
were launching national 
programmes designed to 
reduce malnutrition and 
improve diets. 


REPUBLIQUE DE QyiN EE 



36 


FOOD AND PEOPLE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 


Protect 

and 

Produce 



Dimensions of Need 


Copyrighted material 




Fertile soil ready for 
planting chick peas, 
Jordan. 


Soli limits agriculture 

Percentages of total 
world land area 


23 



F I Soil too dry 

I i Chemical 

problems 
tn sod too 
shallow 

I I Soil too wet 

I I Permafrost 

■■ No limitations 

Only 1 1 percent of 
the world’s soils can 
be farmed without 
being irrigated, 
drained or otherwise 
improved. 


ÎK 



The soil 


Plough layer 


Deep plough layer 


Subsoil layer 


Parent rock layer 


S oil covers most of the land 
surface of the earth in a 
thin layer, ranging in thickness 
from a few centimetres to 
several metres. It is 
composed of inorganic 
matter (rock and 
3 mineral particles), 

organic matter (decaying 
^ plants and animals), 
living plants and animals 
(many of them microscopic), 
water and air. 

Basically, soil forms as 
rocks slowly crumble away. 

Air and water collect between 
the particles, and chemical 
changes occur. Plants take 
root, binding the particles 
together, shielding the surface 
from the elements, drawing up 
minerals from lower layers 
and attracting animal life. 
Bacteria and fungi break 
down plant and animal 
remains into fertile humus. 

The speed of this process 
varies. In prairie regions with 


ample rain and organic inputs, 
it may take 50 years to build 
up a few centimetres of soil; in 
mountainous areas it can take 
thousands of years. The 
process of destruction as a 
result of misuse or erosion is 
much quicker. Once completely- 
destroyed, soil is for all 
practical purposes lost for ever. 

Fertile soils teem with life. 
Porous loamy soils are the 
richest of all, laced with 
organic matter which retains 
water and provides the 
nutrients needed by crops. 
Sand and clay soils tend to 
have less organic matter and 
have drainage problems: sand 
is very porous and clay is 
impermeable. Only 1 1 percent 
of the earth’s soils have no 
inherent limitations for 
agriculture. The rest are either 
too wet, too dry, too shallow, 
chemically unsuitable or 
permanently frozen. 

To grow, plants need 


nitrogen, phosphorus, 
potassium and a range of 
other elements. However 
fertile the soil, growing crops 
will use up its nutrients. 
Farmers once compensated for 
this by spreading animal 
manure and plant waste on 
their fields. Increasingly, these 
have been replaced by man- 
made fertilizers. 

Organic matter maintains 
the soil structure. It also acts 
as a buffer for chemical 
fertilizers, adding to their 
beneficial effects and reducing 
possible harm. In fact, the 
organic content and structure 
of the soil has to be managed 
as carefully as the nutrient 
content. 

As agriculture has become 
more intensive and extensive, 
mineral fertilizer use has 
increased. Between 1 98 1 and 
1991, the world’s annual use 
of fertilizers rose from 8 1 to 
96 kilograms per hectare of 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE PIMI NMONSOI 


THE SOIL 


A profile of the soil reveals a 
sequence of horizons, varying 
in colour and texture according 
to their composition. 

Plant roots work their way 
between the soil particles, 
binding and aerating the soil. 



Soil texture variation 


<S> 


<§■ 






Sandy 

clay 

Sandy 
day loam 


Clay 


Clay loam 


Loam 


£> Sandy 

Loamy loam 

* Sand Mnd 


n 

Silty 

day 

Silty 

day loam 


Silty loam 


% 


Silt 


100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 to 



Soil fertility is a key 
factor in determining 
agricultural potential. 
All plants take up 
nutrients from the soil 
as they grow; these 
nutrients are romoved 
with any plant that 
is harvested. Crop 
rotation or fertilizers 
are required to 
prevent even the best 
soils being depleted 
by fanning. 


Percent sand 


Source Gcoqrapfty in Diagrams. CUP 


Soil texture varies with particle size from clay (fine) through silt (medium) 
to sand (coarse). The larger the particles the larger the spaces between 
them so water drains fast through sand but day gets waterlogged quickly. 
Texture depends largely on the bedrock - shales yield finer soils than 
sandstones - but most soils contain a mixture of particle sizes in different 
proportions. Loam is best for plant growth. 


cropland. This average, 
however, conceals huge 
differences in usage - 
Zimbabwe, one of Africa's 
higher users, used only 
56 kilograms per hectare a 
year in 1989-91. 

When fertilizer levels 
correspond to the needs of 
specific soils and crops and 
the structure of soil is 
conserved, yields can be 
sustained indefinitely. Over- 
use or under-use of fertilizer 
can lead to crop failures. 
Over-application can also 
cause pollution: excess 
nutrients leach out of the soil 
into groundwater, streams, 
rivers and lakes, making their 
water unfit for consumption 
or boosting the growth of 
algae, which can suffocate 
entire aquatic ecosystems. 

The production of food 
depends on healthy agricultural 
systems. ‘lítese in turn depend 
on healthy soils. 


Fertilizer use 


Average annual fertilizer use 

Kilograms per hectare of crop land, selected countries 


1979-81 

1989-91 


Japan 


Egypt 


B 402 Oocrtasn of 10 since 1979-31 


l — 

nz 


United Kingdom 



Area of the 
former USSR — 1 
Mexico 
South Africa 
Brazil 
Kenya 

Papua New Guinea 
Argentina CD 6 (*?) 

Zaire D 1 (no significant increase) 



Maize farming 
experiment, Nicaragua. 
Scientists will use 
the results to teach 
local farmers how best 
to cultivate and 
fertilize their land. In 
the absence of any 
constraints such as 
availability of water, 
judicious use of 
fertilizers can raise 
yields by 30 percent, 
but over-use can do 
more harm than good. 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copy righted^ aterial 



TYPICAL SOIL 
PROFILES 


THE SOIL 


Luvisols present 
few problems for 
agriculture. 

With moderate 
management they 
can be extremely 
productive. 


Gleysols are poorly 
drained. With 
appropriate drainage 
and water control, 
however, they can be 
developed to at least 
medium agricultural 
potential. 



Vertisols are dark 
clays and difficult to 
work. Good 
management can 
bring them to medium 
or high potential. 




Soils either too dry or too cold 
Shallow soils 
Sandy soils 
I Dark clays 
I Saline soils 

Acid soils of tropical/subtropical lowlands 
I Soils of tropical/subtropical highlands 
I Ferruginous soils 
I Poorly drained soils 
I Soils with few problems 


Ferralsols are acid 
and found in tropical 
or subtropical 
lowlands. With 
appropriate 
management they 
offer medium to high 
potential for selected 
crops. 


Opeo 



surface P/ II Unstable f« JSodietty 

„ U ¡5? U 

Organic 

matter rn Slow E^lRock 

I- -1 permeability f 21 


Main soli association 

Soils too dry 

Soils too cold 

Shallow soils 

Sandy soils 

Soil components 

Hot deserts: 
Calcisols, Gypsisols 
and shifting sand 

Very cold areas: 
Permafrost, getic 
soil units, glaciers 

leptosols and lithic 
phases of other soils. 
Rocky terrain 

Arenosols, 
Regosols, 
Podzols, otheç 


dunes soils with 

coarse textun 


Agricultural potential Nil for rain-fed Nil or very low Generally low. 

agriculture; medium Some potential 

to high locally when for grazing 

irrigation is possible 


Low to mediu 
depending on 
nutrients andfc 
moisture 
management! 
level 


40 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 







THE SOIL 



Oark clays 

Saline soils 

Acid soils of sub/ 
tropical lowlands 

Soils of sub/ 
tropical highlands 

Ferruginous (iron- 
rich) soils 

Poorly drained 
soils 

Soils with 
few problems 

Vertisols. vertic 
soli units 

Solonchaks, Solonetz, 
saline and sodic 
phases of other 
soil units. 

Salt hats 

Ferralsols, Acrisots, 
Alisols. dystric and 
humic Nltisols, 
Petroferrlc phases 
of other soils 

Andosols, 
euric Nltisols 

Ferric Luvisols, 
Lixisols. ferralic 
Cambisots 

Gleysols. Fluvisols, 
Histosols, Ptanosols. 
gleyic soil units 

Luvisols, Cambisms, 

Chernozems, 

Kastanozems, 

Phaeozems; 

Podzoluvisols. 

Greyzems 

Workability problems, 
but medium to high 
when well managed 

Generally low. 
Reclaimed land has 
low to medium 
production potential 

Medium to high 
(Nitisols) with 
adapted crop 
selection and 

management 

Medium to high If 
phosphorus fixation 
problems are 
overcome 

Only medium 
potential, even with 
good management 

Medium to high 
potential with 
adapted water and 
drainage control. 

Low in Histosols, 
Planosols and acid 
sulphate Fluvisols 

High to very high 
with moderate to 
good management; 
low (but with 

forestry potential) 
for Podzoluvisols, 
Greyzems 

DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 




Copy rightecrtVi aterial 


i 


> ft# 


Although water 
covers 75 percent of 
the world's surface, 

97.5 percent of the 
earth’s water is salt 
water of the 
remaining 

2.5 percent, most is 
locked away as 
groundwater or in 
glaciers. 



• 'íl' • * íF4¿- : w/* J6* u '¿ • ¿i 

Water: 

A finite resource 


W ithout water our planet 
would be a barren 
wasteland. Of the three main 
ways in which people use 
water - municipal (drinking 
water and sewage treatment), 
industrial and agricultural 
(mostly irrigation) - farming 
accounts for the largest part, 
some 65 percent globally in 
1990. 

Water is a finite resource: 
there are some 1 400 million 
cubic kilometres on earth and 
circulating through the 
hydrological cycle. Nearly all 
of this is salt water and most 
of the rest is frozen or under 
ground. Only one-hundredth 
of I percent of the world's 


water is readily available for 
human use. 

This would be enough to 
meet humanity's needs - if it 
were evenly distributed. But it 
is not. In Malaysia 100 people 
share each million cubic metres 
of water; in India, the figure is 
350 and in Israel, 4 Ü00. And 
where there is water, it is often 
polluted: nearly a third of the 
population of developing 
countries has no access to safe 
drinking water. 

In many countries, the 
amount of water available to 
each person is falling, as 
populations rise. By the year 
2000, Larin America’s per 
caput water resources will 


Where the water is 

Distribution of the world's water 

Percentages 


Oceans 97.5 



Freshwater 2.5 
Ice-caps and glaciers 79 


Groundwater 20 


Easily accessible surface freshwater 1 


Lakes 52 
Soil moisture 38 

Atmospheric water vapour 8 
Rivers 1 

Water within living organisms 1 


have fallen by nearly 
three-quarters since 1950. In 
the twenty-first century the 
main constraint on 
development in Egypt will be 
access to water, not land. Over 
230 million people live in 
countries - most of them in 
Africa or the Near Hast - 
where less than 1 000 cubic 
metres of water is available per 
person each year. 

Even countries with greater 
supplies are extracting too 
much from their underground 
water reserves. The water table 
under Beijing is sinking by 
2 metres every year, while 
Bangkok’s has fallen by 
25 metres since the 1950s. The 
level of the vast Ogallala 
aquifer, which lies beneath eight 
US states, is dropping by nearly 
1 metre a year. 

Pollution exacerbates the 
problem. Some 450 cubic- 
kilometres of waste water are 
poured into the world’s surface 
waters every year: two-thirds of 
the world’s available runoff is 
used to dilute and bear it away. 

A world short of water is 
also an unstable world. More 
than 200 river systems cross 
international boundaries, and 
13 rivers and lakes are shared 
by 96 countries. Over-use or 
pollution by countries 
upstream can be devastating 
for those downstream. Access 
to water, particularly in areas 
where rainfall is low or erratic, 
is becoming a major political 
issue and vital to national 
interests. 

Faced with these crises, the 
world must learn to be less 
wasteful and to manage its 
water resources better. Methods 
include conserving supplies, 
using reservoirs and small dams 
to catch runoff, recharging 
aquifers, protecting watersheds 
and recycling waste water in 
agriculture and industry. 


42 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS Oh NUP 



CONFINING BEDS 


WATER: A FINITE RESOURCE 


The hydrological cycle 



1900 1920 1940 1960 1960 2000 


Annual water use 

Estimated annual world water use 

Cubic kilometres per year 
IB Reservoir losses 
Municipal 
r~~l Industry 
Agriculture 


1 000 


Water availability and water scarcity 


Water availability by region 

Thousand cubic metres per caput 

1950 gj 2000 


20.6 



SMircv* MO IN! WwW ■ »m*r 
AftMttffq Tht Resource 


37.2 



105.0 

s 


1 

1 

£ 

5 


Water-scarce countries 

i based tm lesa than 1 000 cube metre 
amlUbln p*r caput per yetri 

Since 1955 

Bahrain. Barbados, 

Djibouti. Jordan. Kuwait, 
Malta, Singapore 

Since 1990 

Algeria, Burundi, Cape Verde, 
Israel. Kenya. Malawi. Qatar, 
Rwanda, Saudi Arabia, 
Somalia, Tunisia. 

United Arab Emirates, Yemen 

By 2025* 

Comoros. Egypt. Ethiopia, 
Haiti, Iran, Libya. Morocco, 
Oman, South Africa. Syria 
•’Peru, Tanzania, Zimbabwe 
•"Cyprus 

* on UN popularen proçecwns 
•• en medwn prciectans 
••• on higfi protection only 


DIMENSIONS Ol NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyrighted Material 


WATER: A FINITE RESOURCE 




Finding enough water 
can be a formidable 
task. Water-scarce 
countries must 
balance strategies for 
increasing water 
supply against risks of 
upsetting the delicate 
balance of the local 
ecosystem. 


irrigation losses 

Percentages 



5~~1 Field application 
losses 

I I Farm distribution 
losses 

i I Transmission to 
farm 

H Water 

effectively used 
by crop 


Irrigation 

I rrigation systems have 
existed for almost as long as 
settled agriculture. Five 
thousand years ago, the 
ancient Egyptians used the 
waters of the Nile to irrigate 
their crops. Two thousand 
years later, the great 
civilizations of the Fertile 
Crescent, stretching from the 
eastern Mediterranean to the 
Persian Gulf, were built on 
irrigated agriculture. 

Irrigation is essential to 
feeding the world. Although 
only 17 percent of the world's 
cropland is irrigated, it 
produces over 33 percent of our 
food, making it roughly two 
and a half times as productive 
as rain-fed agriculture. 

In spite of the pressing need 
for expansion, less new land is 
now being brought under 
irrigation than in the early 
1970s. This is because of the 
shortage of suitable land, the 
rising cost of constructing 
irrigation systems and the 
scarcity of water itself. 
Bureaucratic interference, 
faulty management, lack 
of involvement of users, 
interrupted water 
supplies and poor 
construction have all led 
to poor performance, 
which has discouraged 
investment. In some cases up 
to 60 percent of the water 
withdrawn for use in irrigation 
never reaches the crops. 

In addition, waterlogging 
and salinization have sapped 
the productivity of nearly 
50 percent of the world s 
irrigated lands. Unless irrigated 
fields are properly drained, 
salts can build up in the soil, 
making the land infertile. 
Salinity affects 23 percent of 
China’s irrigated land and 21 
percent of Pakistan's. 




Overhead pivot spray (top), 
irrigation canal (middle). 
Irrigational flooding (bottom). 


Other problems include the 
accumulation of pollutants and 
sediments in large dams and 
reservoirs, and the fact that 
irrigation systems provide an 
ideal habitat for the vectors of 
waterborne diseases. 

The key to improved 
irrigation lies in more efficient 
use of water; recycling waste 
water and proper drainage. 
Drip irrigation and low- 
pressure spray systems are 
now being used in over 20 
countries to deliver water 
directly to crops. Small dams, 
located closer to agricultural 
areas, are replacing large ones. 
Canals are being lined with 
concrete and covered to reduce 
seepage and evaporation. 
Several countries now use 
treated waste water for 
irrigation; Israel was using up 
to 30 percent of its urban 
waste water in this way as 
early as 1987. 


44 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIM! \slO.\N OK NtfcD 



WATER: A FINITE RESOURCE 




Heavily salted 

Stfntty affects as much 
at one-quarter of the 
irrigated land In some 
countries: 

Percentage 
Country salinated 

Meneo 10 

Indu 11 

Pakistan 21 

Ctiina 23 

United States 28 


Percentage of land irrigated 

r *■"**'' 


Salt of the earth threatens production on irrigated land 


FAO estimates that salt buildup has severely damaged about 30 million of the world’s 
237 million hectares of irrigated farmland. As much as 80 milbon hectares more are 
affected to some degree, with about 1 .5 million hectares of irrigated land lost each year 
to waterlogging and salinity. 


Unless salts arc 
washed down below 
root level, soil salinity will 
stunt growth and eventually 
kill off all but the most 
resistant plants. 


Sowt * s FAO. Hatiam/Geograptoc 


soil drainage 


is often 


evaporation 


IS low 


Irrigation can ralsa 
groundwater levels to within 
a metre of the surface, bringing up 
more dissolved salts from the aquifer, 
subsoil and root zone. 


Poor drainage and evaporation concentrate salts 
on Irrigated land. Even good quality irrigation 
water contains soma dissolved salt and can 
leave behind tonnes of salt per hectare 
each year. 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyrighte erial 





Soil erosion by water, 
Costa Rica. It is 
estimated that, 
worldwide, 5-7 million 
hectares of land 
valuable to agriculture 
are lost every year 
through erosion and 
degradation. 


Restoring the land 



I 


S oil erosion is a natural 
phenomenon: it has 
occurred over the millenia as 
part of geological processes 
and climate change. However, 
erosion is more severe now»: 
globally, moderate to severe 
soil degradation affects almost 
2 000 million hectares of 
arable and grazing land - an 
area larger than that of the 
United States and Mexico 
combined. More than 
55 percent of this damage is 
caused by water erosion and 
nearly 33 percent by wind 
erosion. 

Every year soil erosion and 
other forms of land 
degradation rob the world of 
5-7 million hectares of 
farming land. Every year 
25 000 million tonnes of 
topsoil are washed away: 
China’s Huang River alone 
dumps 1 600 million tonnes a 
year into the sea. The United 
States has lost about one-third 
of its topsoil since settled 
agriculture began. Worldwide, 
soil erosion puts the 
livelihoods of nearly 1 000 
million people at risk. 



Impact of soil erosion 



1 Deforestation 

2 Steep land being cultivated down the slope 

3 Monocrops grown over large areas 


9 Urban slums grow as rural population 
migrates to the city 

10 Bridge destroyed by floods 

11 Crops grown on large unprotected fields 

12 Wind erosion affects badly managed pasture 

13 Frequently flooded village Is deserted 


4 Landslide blocks road 

5 Fish catch reduced in shallow waters 

6 Stltabon cuts hydroelectric plant's lifespan 

7 Gully erosion eats into crop land 

8 Mud banks reduce navigability of rtvers 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted material 





North and Central 
America: 158 
106 

6 ; 

7 ^ 39 

Southwest Pacific: 103 

2 
1 


What are the causes of soil degradation? 




- 


Soil erosion mostly occurs 
when there is no vegetation 
to protect the soil from being 
washed or blown away. 
Clearing forests, growing 
crops on steep slopes or on 
large fields without 
protection, can all lead to 
erosion. So can ploughing 
too deeply, failing to rotate 
crops, planting crops up and 
down hills rather than along 
their contours or grazing too 
many animals on one piece 
of land. Soil degradation in 
developing countries is 


closely linked to 
poverty: both personal and 
national. Poor farmers, with 
no resources to fall back on, 
may be forced to put 
immediate needs before the 
long-term health of the land. 
Governments, under pressure 
from foreign debt, weak 
commodity prices and the 
needs of their urban 
populations, coupled with 
domestic policies that arc 
biased against agriculture, 
often fail to give adequate 
support to rural people. 


Soil degradation by area and type 

Million hectares 

I — ) Water erosion 
IH wind erosion 

Chemical degradation 
Physical degradation 


» r. 


Degraded soils 


Overgrazing and 
deforestation leave the 
land prone to erosion. 
Vegetation renewal can 
reduce further damage, 
binding the soil and 
protecting it from the 
destructive action of 
wind and rain. 


Ma|or causes of soil 
degradation 

Percentages 


34.5 Overgrazing 


29.5 Deforestation 


n Mismanagement 
of arable land 


1.0 Other 


South America: 243 

123 

8 49 

70 42 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyrighted^ aterial 





RESTORING THE LAND 





Biological techniques 
of erosion control are 
the most important. 
Planting the right crop 
and growing it in the 
right way is much 
cheaper than physical 
protection and can 
give immediate 
returns to the farmer, 
encouraging wider 
use. 


Fighting erosion 



T he effects of erosion are 
legion. Soil washed off hare 
hillsides ruins aquatic habitats 
and clogs waterways. 
Reservoirs silt up. cutting the 
lifespan of hydroelectric 
schemes. Riverbeds rise, 
increasing the risk of floods. 

Erosion can, however, be 
reduced. And eroded land can 
he restored. 

The weapons in the fight 
against erosion fall into two 
categories - biological and 
physical. The biological 
approach involves matching 
crops to soils, and farming 
methods to terrain. Physical 
techniques include building 
terraces and dams, controlling 
gullies (by, for instance, 
planting trees) and overall 
watershed management. 

In the 1930s, wind erosion 
devastated millions of hectares 
of farmland in the United 
States. As a result the 
Government set up an 
agricultural extension service 
to train farmers in soil 
conservation. They were 
taught to farm along the 
contours, to plough less deeply 
and to plant trees, hedges and 
grass around the edges of 
fields. Crop rotation was 
introduced, giving soils a 
chance to recover nutrients, 
and irrigation was made 
available. Productivity was 
restored within a few years. 

In 1979, the Chinese 
authorities, supported by the 
United Nations Development 
Programme (UNDP) and FAO, 
set up a project in Mi/.hi 
County on the Loess Plateau, 
one of the world’s most eroded 
regions. Nearly two-thirds of 
the land in Mizhi slopes at an 
angle of over 20 degrees. Soil 
improvement methods 
included turning steep slopes 


over to permanent vegetation, 
terracing and gully control. 
Farmers were encouraged to 
replace annual crops with 
perennials, such as alfalfa, 
which would hold the soil in 
place from year to year, and to 
diversify into small animal 
husbandry and fruit growing. 
Total food production has risen 
by about 70 percent, in spite of 
the fact that the cultivated area 
has been halved. 

In southern Morocco in the 
mid-1970s, palm plantations, 
villages and roads were being 
buried under wind-blown sand 
released by overgrazing and 
wood cutting. In the 1980s, 
three methods of stabilizing the 
sand dunes proved successful: 


using chequerboard patterns of 
palm branches to protect 
vegetation from the wind, 
erecting fihro-cement 
windbreaks and sculpting the 
sandbanks on road verges so as 
to encourage the wind to carry 
sand away rather than allow it 
to settle. These techniques 
saved villages, palm plantations 
and many irrigation canals, 
roads and railways from the 
desert. 

In Niger, FAO s enormous 
Keita project has transformed a 
barren landscape into a 
flourishing environment for 
crops and livestock - so much 
so that the area can now he 
seen from space as a green 
patch in the desert. 


4X 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE OIMFNMO.MS OF NFED 






RESTORING THE LAND 


Combating soil erosion 



The Kelta project In Niger. Fences built of millet stalks hinder dune migration by 
wind action in the long dry season (above). Check dams, built by filling wire mesh 
cages with stones, reduce water erosion in seasonal floods (top left). New farming 
techniques allow crops to be grown on land never cultivated before (left). 


1 Reforested land 

2 Gully erosion halted by check dams and trees planted on gully banks 

3 Steep land is bench-terraced 

4 Contour cultivation practised on lower land 

5 Bunds are built to control surface runoff 

6 New reservoir supplies power to nearby villages 

7 Shelter belts reduce wind erosion, pastures are improved or upgraded 
• Crop rotation practised in strips along contours 

9 Tree crops grown on eyebrow terraces on steep land 
10 Forested slopes prevent slltation of reservoirs 


J '' .nal 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyr 


How many people can 
the land support? 



Many countries are 
simply mining their 
agricultural resources 
and degrading, in 
some cases 
Irreversibly, the very 
basis of their future 
survival and 
prosperity. 


T he earth could, in theory, 
feed very many more 
people than now inhabit the 
globe. But, in practice, good 
soils, favourable climates, 
rainfall and fresh water arc 
unevenly spread around the 
world - and do not 
necessarily correspond to 
distribution of population. So 
while some countries can 
produce an excess of food, 
others struggle with 
inadequate resources. Many 
developing countries are 
overexploiting their soils and 
several need to wrest food 
from land poorly suited to 
agricultural production. 

FAO has been mapping and 
assessing the world’s land 
resources and agroclimates 
since the early 1960s. In the 
1970s it began a decade-long 
study of 117 developing 
countries to see which could 
grow enough food on their 
available land for their 
populations. The srudy - 
carried out with the support of 
the United Nations Population 
Fund (UNFPA) and in 
collaboration with the 
International Institute for 
Applied Systems Analysis 
(II AS A) - calculated the 
numbers each country could 
theoretically support under a 
simplified scenario: use of all 
potentially arable rain-fed land 
(plus irrigated land) 
disregarding the needs for 
other uses, at three input levels 
- low (using traditional 
subsistence agriculture), 
intermediate (using some 
fertilizer and a combination of 
current and improved crop 
varieties) and high (the 
equivalent of Western 
European levels of farming). 

It found, based on these 
assumptions, that even in 1 975, 
54 countries could nor feed 
their populations with 



Countries with high levels ot manufactured exports, 
mineral or fossil resources are more likely to be able 
to afford to import food and fertilizers. 


Critical countries 

m With high inputs 
■■ With intermediate inputs 
I ■ With low inputs 
Agricultural production can be improved 
by raising the level of inputs. Countries 
with low inputs have a greater 
opportunity to improve production. 


□ 


Critical countries with manufactured 
exports of over USS 100 million per year in 
1979 or 1980 


Critical countries with significant wealth in 
fuel minerals 


Limitations on crop potential 


Constraints on land with crop 
production potential in developing 
countries 

Percentage of total rain-fed land area 


I No constraints 


I I Constraints on crop production 

Islwp dopes, stialow sols, low natural tcrallty poor 
»(l Oarage. sand» wits, stony Kite, dry soils, 
chtrmca! praWfrasl 


Sub-Saharan Africa 




North Africa and Near East 


South Asia 


East Asia (excluding China) 
Latin America and Caribbean 


traditional methods of food 
production and .38 percent of 
the entire land area - home to 
1 165 million people - was 
carrying more inhabitants 
than it could theoretically 
support. With populations 
projected to the year 2000, it 
estimated that 64 countries - 
more than half the total - 
would be facing a critical 
situation; at low input levels 38 
would then be unable to 


support even half their 
projected populations. Twenty- 
eight of the 64 would cease to 
he critical if they could raise 
their agriculture to the 
intermediate level, as would 
another 17 if they could reach 
Western European standards. 
But 19 would still not be able 
to produce enough food, even 
then - and while some of these 
are wealthy enough to be able 
to import food, others are 


PROTECT ANO PROOUCE 


HOW MANY PEOPLE CAN THE LAND SUPPORT? 




The amount of 
cultivable land on 


among the poorest countries 

on earth. 

Much of the agricultural 
area of a country or a region 
has limitations (see chart) that 
may make it less suitable for 
arable farming. 1995 FAO 
estimates of arable land in use 
compared with the area 
potentially suitable show 
similarly wide differences 
between regions and 
countries, with some 


countries having essentially no 
arable land reserves, such as 

Tunisia and Burundi, and 
others having large amounts, 
for example Angola, Guyana 
and Brazil. Part of these gross 
land reserves are not available 
for conversion, however, 
because of other uses including 
forestry, grazing or 
conservation. 

Against this background, 
FAO s 1995 study. World 


Agriculture: Towards 2010, 
estimated net cereal import 
requirements increasing from 
about 8 million tonnes to 
19 million tonnes for sub- 
Saharan Africa; 38 to 71 
million tonnes for the Near 
Fast and North Africa; 27 to 
35 million tonnes for East 
Asia (excluding China); and 5 
to 10 million tonnes for South 
Asia, primarily as a result of 
shortages of arable land. 


earth is finite, making 
inputs necessary to 
feed the increasing 
population. 


The map shows countries which, 
_ m with differing levels of agricultural 
♦ inputs such as fertilizers and 
irrigation, are projected to be 
dependent on food imports by the 
year 2000. 


Cultivated areas and gross reserves 


Land under cultivation and land with crop production potential in developing countries 

Million hectares 

Total land with crop 
production potential 
(including land in use) - 

Land in use. 2010 
Land in use. 1988-90 


Sub-Saharan 


Africa 






92 

228 

184 


81 

195 

103 


77 

191 

88 

217 




190 


North Africa 
and Near East 


South East Asia 
Asia (excluding China) 


Latin America 
and Caribbean 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copy righted 'material 






HOW MANY PEOPLE CAW THE LAND SUPPORT? 


Much of the land in 
developing countries 
is not suited to rain- 
fed agriculture, but of 
the potentially 
productive land, only 
about one-third is 
cultivated. The scale 
of the map does not 
allow some Important 
cropland areas, for 
example in West 
Africa, to be shown. 
Also, land shown as 
mainly suitable for 
one use may well be 
suited for other uses. 



Agroclimatical 
information, when 
combined with soil 
data, indicates where 
crops can best be 
grown. 



I Mainly productive crop, pasture 
and forest land 
Mainly suitable for crops if 
improved 


Mostly suitable for forest 
Mainly suitable for forest 
tree crops or permanent 
pastures 


Mostly suitable for grazing, 
marginal for cereals 
Predominantly unproductive 
land 


Five steps to getting the best use from the land 


Climatic requirements of crops 


Assess crop 
requirements 

Climate 
Son 

Rainfall 

Growing period Climatic 



select crops 
by climate 


To help identify the optimum sustainable 
use for all cultivable land in the developing 
world, an FAO study demonstrated which 
land, down to 10 square kilometres, Is best 
suited to each ol the 1 1 major crops grown 
in the developing world. These data are of 
vital importance to developing world 
governments striving to provide food security 
for their populations. 




productivity 

Combines (4) 
with data on sod 
constraints to 
provide guidance 
on the most 
suitable land 
use/crop and 
levels of inputs 
needed 



52 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS Of NEED |a| 



Fisheries at the limit? 



F ishing is an important 
source of highly nutritious 
food, income and employment. 
Millions of people in Asia get 
most of their dietary protein 
from the aquatic harvest. In 
all, marine and inland fisheries 
provide nearly 30 percent of 
the region’s animal protein; in 
Africa the proportion is 
21 percent; in Latin America, 

8 percent. About 30 percent of 
world production is turned 
into fishmeal to fatten 
livestock or farmed fish 
rather than eaten directly by 
humans. 

About 60 percent of the 
world fish harvest is caught by 
developing countries where 
100 million people depend on 
fishing and related industries 
for their livelihoods. By far the 
majority of world fish taken, 
some 85 percent, comes from 
the oceans. Although fish 
farming is gaining ground. 


fishing is still the main 
expression of man’s ancient 
role as a hunter-gatherer. 

Since 1950 the world fish 
catch, excluding aquaculture, 
has increased fivefold - rising 
from 20 million tonnes to peak 
at slightly less than 90 million 
tonnes in 1989. This period of 
expansion was made possible 
in large part by the introduction 
of new technologies and the 
spread of fishing fleets from 
traditional fishing areas to new 
ones, many of them in the 
southern hemisphere. No 
major commercial fish stock 
remains untouched. By the 
beginning of the 1990s, about 
69 percent of the stocks for 
which data were available to 
FAO were either fully to 
heavily exploited (44 percent), 
overexploited (16 percent), 
depleted (6 percent) or very 
slowly recovering from 
overfishing (3 percent). As a 


result, the world catch has 
fallen in recent years although 
it now seems to be levelling off 
at around 85 million tonnes 
per year. 

The world’s fishing fleet has 
grown twice as fast as catches 
and there are now about 
3.5 million vessels worldwide. 
Asia has the largest fleet with 
42 percent of the total 
registered tonnage, followed 
by the republics of the 
former USSR with 30 percent. 
Africa has the smallest one at 
2.7 percent. Government 
subsidies have helped keep 
most big fishing fleets 
afloat: in 1989 the world’s 
20 largest fishing nations 
paid out US$ 54 000 million 
in subsidies to catch 
USS 70 000 million worth 
of fish. Such overcapacity has 
led to chronic overfishing 
with too many boats chasing 
too few fish. 


Fish production and utilization 


World fish production* Thousand tonnes 
0 10 000 20 000 30 000 

1950 k 20 


40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 100 000 



World fish utilization Thousand tonnes 
0 10 000 20 000 30 000 

1950 ■ 20 750 

1960 
1970 
1980 
1990 
1993 

TncUJinQ Muatüture production, eictjdinp Aquatic planes 


40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 100 000 


H Feed 

Human consumption 



Compared with 
other agricultural 
commodities, fish plays 
an important 
role as an earner of 
foreign exchange: net 
exports of fishery 
products by developing 
countries were more 
than USS 1 1 000 
million in 1993, much 
higher than coffee, 
bananas, rubber, tea, 
meat rice or other 
typical commodities. 


Contribution of fish to 
human diet, 1987-89 

Fish as percentage ot 
total animal protein 
intake 

North America 
6.6 

Latin America 
and Caribbean 

8.2 

Western Europe 

9.7 

Africa 


21.1 


Near East 
7A 
Far East 


27.8 


101 270 


97 593 
m * 101 270 


DIM I NSIONS OF M I D PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyrightecfkiaterial 



FISHERIES AT THE LIMIT? 


Top ten fishing 
nations, 1993 

Thousand tonnes 



Japan 



Peru 

8 451 


Chile 
6 038 


United States 
5 939 


Russian Federation 
L 4 461 


India 
4 175 


Indonesia 
3 638 


Thailand 
3 348 


Republic ot Korea 
2 649 


N early 70 percent of the 
world’s marine fish stocks 
are in trouble and urgently in 
need of conservation. Catches 
have collapsed in the Black 
Sea; less than 200 000 tonnes 
of fish were landed in 1991, 
compared to 1 million tonnes 
in the late 1 980s. Stocks of 
bottom-living fish in the Hast 
China and Yellow Seas have 
fallen to between one-fifth and 
one-tenth of their highest 
levels. Other crisis areas 
include the Northwest and 
Northeast Atlantic, the North 
Sea, the Mediterranean and 
Black Seas, the Central Baltic, 
the Gulf of Thailand and rhe 
Western Central Pacific. 

Nearly all the inland fisheries 
of Asia and Africa also show 
signs of overexploitation. 

Attempts to manage marine 
fisheries have generally failed. 
Instead conflicts have grown 
as stocks have fallen. 
Developed country fleets have 
clashed over fisheries in both 
the Northwest and Northeast 
Atlantic while large-scale 
commercial fleets arc at odds 
with small-scale artisanal 
fishermen off many developing 
countries. 

The international fishery 
commissions, established 
under the auspices of FAO (the 
first in 1948), have broadened 
the scope of management 
options and included many 
developing countries, but have 
so far had little success other 
than trying to impose quotas 
and regulate fishing gear and 
boat size. But they provide the 
mechanisms for sustainable 
fisheries management if 
countries would show the 
necessary cooperation and 
political will. 

The third UN Convention 
on the l.aw of the Sea, which 



AREA 18 
ARCTIC 

Figures unavailable 


WESTERN CENTRAL 

catch: 1 910 
(UNITED STATES, Mexico, 


PACIFIC, NORTHEAST 

Total catch: 3 386 
(UNITED STATES. Canada) 


AREA 77 

PACIFIC, EASTERN CENTRAL 

Total catch: 1 247 
(Mexico) 


AREA 87 
PACIFIC, 
SOUTHEAST 

Total catch: 14 980 
(PERU. CHILE, 
Ecuador) 


AHcA U1 

PACIFIC. SOUTHWEST 

Total catch: 777 
(New Zealand) 


SOUTH AMERICA 

Total catch: 386 


AREA 41 
ATLANTIC, 
SOUTHWES' 

Total catch: 2 1 
(Argentina, Bra 


AREA 88 

PACIFIC, ANTARCTIC 

Total catch: 1 am 


came into force in 1994, 
enables coastal states to 
establish exclusive economic 
zones, usually stretching 200 
miles from their shores, where 
they have complete control of 
resources - providing a new 
opportunity for better 
regulation. In 1994 work 
started on drafting a Code of 
Conduct for Responsible 
Fisheries under the auspices of 
FAO, offering hope - if it is 
observed - of a new era in 
fisheries management. 


INTERNATIONAL RSHERY 
COMMISSIONS r FAO fotory doc*) 

Pacific Ocean 

North Pacific Marine Science 
Organization (PICES) 

International North Pacific Fisheries 
Commission (INPFC) 

Inter-Amencan Tropical Tuna 
Commission (IATTC) 

Council of the Eastern Pacific Tuna 
Fishing Agreement (CEPTFA) 

Eastern Pacific Tuna Fishing 
Organization (OAPA) 

South Pacific Permanent Commission 
(CPPS) 


54 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted material 


FISHERIES AT THE LIMIT? 


Fishing zones World fish catches, 1993 

Fish and shellfish, thousand tonnes 

! ) 200 nautical mile EEZ (exclusive economic zone) 

— FAO fishing area boundary 

Area numbers 01-07 refer to inland fisheries. All other area numbers 
refer to marine fisheries. Countries which caught over 200 000 tonnes 
within each marine FAO area are listed and those which caught over 
1 million tonnes are shown in capitals. 



AREA 27 ATLANTIC, NORTHEAST 
Total catch: to 788 

(DENMARK. ICELAND, NORWAY. United Kingdom, 
Russian Federation. Spain, France, Netherlands, 
weden, Ireland, Germany. Faeroe Islands, Portuga 


AREA 07 

AREA OF THE FORMER USSR 

Total catch: 595 


AREA 37 

MEDITERRANEAN & BLACK SEA 

Total catch: 1 670 (Turkey, Italy) 


AREA 05 J 
EUROPE C. 

Total catch: 487 


AREA 61 

■H PACIRC, NORTHWEST 

' Total catch: 24 805 

(CHINA, RUSSIAN FEDERATI IN. 
REPUBLIC OF KOREA. 
DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE'S 
REPU6UC OF KOREA, 
Poland , Hung Kong) 


1 AREA 04 
ASIA 

Total catch: 13 300 


ATLANTIC. EASTERN CENTRAL 

Total catch: 2 941 

(Spain. Morocco, Senegal, Ghana) 


AREA 71 
PACIFIC, 

WESTERN CENTRAL 

Total catch: 8 374 
(THAILAND, INDONESIA, 
PHILIPPINES, Viet Nam. 
Japan, Malaysia) 


AREA 51 
INDIAN OCEAN. 
WESTERN 

Total catch: 3 834 
(INDIA, Pakistan. 
Iran. Sri Lanka) 


AREA 47 1 
ATLANTIC, 
SOUTHEAST 

Total catch: 1 429 
(South Africa, Namibia. 
Russian Federation) 


AREA 57 

INDIAN OCEAN. EASTERN 

Total catch: 3 466 
(India, Thailand, Myanmar, 
Indonesia. Malaysia. Bangladesh) 


AREA 88 


AREA 46 

ATLANTIC. ANTARCTIC 

Total catch: 86 


AREA 58 

INDIAN OCEAN, ANTARCTIC 
Total catch: 8 


South Pacific Forum Fisheries Agency 
(FFA) 

South Paafic Commission (SPC) 

Atlantic Ocean and adjacent seas 

tntemationai Council for the Exploration 
of the Sea (ICES) 

North-East Atlantic Fisheries 
Commission (NEAFC) 

North Atlantic Salmon Commission 
(NASCO) 

Northwest Atlanbc Fishenes 
Organization (NATO) 

General Fisheries Council lor the 
Mediterranean (GFCM) * 


Fishery Committee for the Eastern 
Central Atlantic (CECAF) • 

Western Central Atlantic Fishery 
Commission (WECAFC) * 

Regional Fisheries Advisory Commission 
for the Southwest Atlantic (CARPAS) * 
International Commission for the 
Conservation of Atlanbc Tunas (ICCAT) 
International Commission tor the 
Southeast Atlantic Fisheries (ICSEAF) 

Indian Ocean and Indo-Padfic area 

Indian Ocean Tuna Commission (I0TC) * 

Indian Ocean Fishery Commission (IOFC) * 
Indo-Pacific Fishery Commission (IPfC) ’ 


Other areas 

International Whaling Commission (IWC) 
Latin Amencan Organization for the 
Development of Fisheries (OLDEPESCA) 

Commission for the Conservation of 
Antarctic Marine Living Resources 
(CCAMLR) 

Commission for Inland Fisheries of Latin 
America (COPESCAL) • 

European Inland Fisheries Advisory 
Commission (EJFAC) • 

Committee for Inland Fishenes of Africa 
(C1FA) * 

Advisory Committee on Fisheries 
Research (ACFR) 


Top ten marine 
catches. 1993 

Thousand tonnes 

Anchoveta 



Alaska pollack 


4 758 

Chilean jack mackerel 


3364 


Japanese pilchard 


2306 

Capelin 

■■¡■¡H 1 742 

South American pilchard 

MHÍHV1624 

Atlantic herring 

l 613 

Skipjack tuna 

1 365 

Atlantic cod 
HBI 1139 
European pilchard 
1 110 

Total world catch, 

1993 

Top ten species 
32 percent. ^ 


All other species 
68 percent 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyrightedsmaterial 


- i> - 


WÊÊm 



Aquaculture is the 
farming of aquatic 
organisms, including 
fish, molluscs, 
crustaceans and 
aquatic plants. The 
proportion of world 
total fish production 
derived from 
aquaculture doubled 
in less than a decade 
from 8 percent in 
1984 to 16 percent in 
1993. 

Seaweed harvest, 
India (above). 

Carp farm, China 
(right). 

Carp (far right). 


Aquaculture: 

From hunter to farmer 



P eople have been farming 
fish tor thousands of 
years. The C hinese raised fish 
in ponds some 3 000 years 
ago; the Romans farmed 
oysters in shallow coastal 
bays; and mediaeval monks in 
Europe reared fish on table 
scraps in ponds fertilized with 
human waste. 

Today aquaculture has 
become big business in Asia, 
Latin America, North America 
and Europe. Smallcr-scale 
activities, raising fish in village 
ponds, also take place in some 
sub-Saharan African countries 
and in Asia, while Thai, 
Indonesian, Chinese, 
Malaysian and Filippino 
farmers also farm fish in rice 
paddies for their own 
consumption. 

These enterprises - whether 
in large ponds, in sea cages or 
in tiny backyard ponds - hold 


much promise for meeting 
increasing food demands. In 
fact, with most capture 
fisheries in decline, aquaculture 
is the best way to maintain 
and increase supplies of 
saltwater and freshwater fish. 

Fish farming expanded 
greatly between 1984 and 
1993, growing at an average 
rate of 9 percent a year. In 
1993, aquaculture produced 
22.6 million tonnes of fish, 
shellfish, invertebrates and 
plants (mostly seaweed), 
worth US$ 35 708 million. It 
contributes 16 percent to 
global fisheries production, 
compared to just over 
8 percent in 1984. Over half 
of all freshwater fish 
production comes from 
aquaculture. 

Asia accounted for nearly 
87 percent of the world’s fish 
farming output in 1993: 


63 percent of its share was 
produced by China, with 
India as the next biggest 
contributor. 

The industry is 
overwhelmingly concentrated 
in the developing world, 
which accounts for 85 percent 
of output by volume and 
71 percent by value. Exports 
of high-value species such as 
shrimp, prawns and salmon 
earn much-needed foreign 
currency for these countries. 
Fish farming may increasingly 
be the only way for some 
poor communities, who rely 
on fish and shellfish for the 
bulk of their protein intake, to 
maintain a healthy diet. 

In spite of this promise, 
aquaculture projects arc 
vulnerable to disease and 
environmental problems. 
Overstocking and pollution 
have devastated some Asian 


56 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 




and Latin American 
freshwater operations. Marine 
aquaculture is constrained by 
the rising pollution of coastal 
waters. Nutrient and organic 
over-enrichment, the 
accumulation of toxic 
chemicals, microbial 
contamination, siltation and 
sedimentation all jeopardize 
expansion. Where aquaculture 
results in the degradation of 
coastal mangroves, the 
breeding grounds of many 

wild species, it poses a 

major threat to biological 
diversity. 

Better selection of 
production sites to safeguard 
the environment and sound 
management techniques can 
overcome most of these 
difficulties. FAO expects 
aquaculture’s output to double 
in volume within the next 
15 years. 


The growth of aquaculture 


Finfish, crustaceans and molluscs, million tonnes 
■ Inland aquaculture i i Marine aquaculture 

I 40 percent 6.93 



Total global aquaculture production in 1993 


By volume 

(Total: 22 626 168 tonnes) 


By value 

(Total: USS 35 708 million) 


Percentage shares: 


Percentage shares: 



Developing countries 


Industrialized countries 


Inland fisheries and aquaculture 


The cultivation of carp has a long 
tradition, particularly in Europe and Asia. 
They still dominate aquaculture, 
accounting for most of the fish 
production. For home ponds they have 
the advantage of being non-carnivorous 
and so not requiring expensive protein- 
rich foods. 



Tilapia, the mainstay of small-scale 
aquaculture for many poor farmers, have 
spread far from their original African 
home. Dubbed “the aquatic chicken" 
they are most widely farmed in Asia, 
particularly China, the Philippines and 
Thailand. 



About half of the annual harvest of 
shrimp - a high value export product - 
comes from aquaculture. Progress in the 
production of shrimp over the past 
10 years has been largely responsible 
for a fourfold Increase in the annual 
harvest of crustaceans. 



Fish provides 
17 percent of the 
world’s animal protein; 
In some countries the 
figure is as high as 
50 percent. With the 
fish harvest from the 
wild now dangerously 
overstretched we 
may have to depend 
Increasingly upon 
aquaculture to meet 
demand for fish in 
the future. 


Top eleven aquaculture 
producers, 1993 

Tonnes 


China 




DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PROOUCE 


Copyright ^material 


Forests of the world 


«I 




Forest types 
(top to bottom): 
boreal, Finland; 
temperate rainlorest. 
United States; 
tropical rainforest, 
Venezuela; 

tropical dry, Australia; 
temperate dry, Poland 


T he world’s forests cover 
some 3 400 million 
hectares - an area the size of 
North and South America 
combined. They are sources of 
raw materials and food, and 
are essential for maintaining 
agricultural productivity and 
the environmental well-being 
of the planet as a whole. 

Trees and forests anchor the 
soil and buffer the winds, thus 
protecting against erosion hv 
wind and water. They produce 
oxygen and absorb carbon 
dioxide, the major agent in 
global warming. They 
intercept rainfall, releasing it 
slowly into soils, surface 
waters and underground 
aquifers. The water vapour 
released from their foliage in 
transpiration influences 
climate and is a vital part of 
the hydrological cycle. 

Forests and woodlands vary 
from the dense rainforests of 
the tropics to East Africa’s 
open woodland savannahs; 
from mangroves to the mixed 
temperate broadleaved and 
boreal forests. But unmanaged 
harvesting, ill-planned 
clearance for farming, or 
physiological pressures from 
pollution can pose a threat to 
any forest type. 

During the 1980s more than 
15 million hectares of tropical 
forests were lost each year: the 
overwhelming majority of the 
deforestation was intended to 
provide land for agriculture. 
The largest losses occurred in 
tropical moist deciduous 
forests, the areas best suited 
for settlement and farming. 

The extent of these forests 
declined by 6 1 million hectares 
- more than 10 percent of 
their area - while 46 million 
hectares, or 60 percent, of 
tropical rainforests were lost. 
Hew of these areas have been 
replanted. 


Global distribution of forests 



Natural forest, 1990 

Percentage of total land area 

40 and over 
20.0-39.9 
□ 10.0-19.9 
CZI 5.0 -9.9 
Œ] 1.0- 4.9 
Under 1 0 

[ I Insufficient data 

Boundaries at nabons termed since 1990 tin farmer USSR in termer 
Vupstiwa. m former CjeansJasakit. Eritrea) are sfrown in grei 
• 1990 figures rat mvtttle 1 1100 tipra uwiii 
Sources FAQ. United Motions Economic Commission to/ Europe 


Tree cover is increasing 
in many temperate regions, 
mainly due to the 
establishment of forest 
plantations. Europe increased 
its forest and wooded land by 
2 percent over the 1980s and 
there were small increases in 
New Zealand and Australia. 
In the same decade, however, 
a drop of some 3.5 million 
hectares occurred in the 
United States. The area of the 
former USSR reported an 
increase between 1 978 and 
1988. However, there is an 
urgent need to bring many of 
the Siberian forests under 


sustainable management to 
avoid their degradation. As 
well as managing some forests 
for production, diversity 
should he preserved in others 
by designating protected 
areas. 

Many forests in 
industrialized countries have 
been damaged by airborne 
pollutants, including acid rain: 
the International Institute for 
Applied Systems Analysis 
(IIASA) has estimated that 
USS 60 000 million would 
have to be spent annually for 
25 years to protect Europe’s 
forests from pollution. 


58 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIM» . j a | 


FORESTS OF THE WORLD 




More than half the 
earth's land area was 
once forest. Now, the 
figure is less than 
one-third - around 
3 400 million hectares. 
Forests are cleared 
and degraded at a rate 
of 300 000 hectares 
per week. 


Where the forests are 

IB Boreal forest 
■■ Temperate forest 
Tropical forest 


Projected uses and speed of destruction 


Consumption of forest products 

Cubic metres 


E*n Developing countries 
■I Developed countries 


3 000 



Fuelwood Industrial Sawnwood 
& charcoal roundwood 


Percentage change in natural forest cover, 1980-90 Selected developing countries 


-50 


-40 


-30 


-20 


-10 


-53 


-33 


-29 


-25 


-12 

-12 

-12 


-10 

-10 

-10 


-6 

-6 

-6 


Actual area lost, 
thousand hectares 


Jamaica 
Bangladesh 
Thailand 
Costa Rica 
Dominican Rep. 

Ecuador 
Mexico 
Myanmar 
Un. Rep. Tanzania 
Bolivia 
Sudan 
Indonesia 12120 
Côte d'Ivoire 1 193 
Madagascar 1 346 
Nigeria 1 187 
India 3 390 
Brazil 36 709 
Zaire 7 322 


268 
376 
5153 
495 
351 
2 380 
6 780 
4 006 
4 381 
6 247 
4 817 


DIMENSIONS OF NFF.D PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyrighted Material 



Wealth from the wild 



Harvesting wild 
resources (from the 
top): fishing in 
mangrove forest, 
Viet Nam; collecting 
honey, Senegal; 
tapping rubber, 
Thailand; gathering 
mushrooms. Nepal. 


F orest lands offer a wealth 
o 


of products other than 
wood, that benefit both rural 
communities and humanity as 
a whole. 

Three-quarters of the world's 
people use folk medicines 
derived largely from forest 
plants and animals, while the 
Worldwatch Institute estimates 
that more than USS 100 000 
million worth of drugs with 
active ingredients developed 
from the forests are sold 
worldwide each year. 

Meat from wild animals may 
be a major source of protein 
for many remote villages. 
Leaves, bark and seeds 
supplement diets, providing 
vitamins and trace minerals, 
while genes from forest plants 
are used to boost agricultural 
yields around the world. 

Global trade in forest 
products, other than wood, 
runs into thousands of millions 
of dollars annually. In the state 
of Manipur, India, for 
example, 90 percent of the 
people depend on them as a 
major source of income. 


Animal products 


By conservative estimates wild animals provide more than 
three-quarters of dietary protein in Zaire. The world's 
240 000 square kilometres of coastal mangrove 
forests provide vital nursery, feeding and breeding 
grounds for commercially valuable fish and 
shellfish including, for example, nearly 
90 percent of the commercial catch in the Gulf of 
Mexico. 


t 


Insects arc rich in vitamins and 
minerals: bee larvae contain ten times 
more vitamin D than fish-liver oil. Honey 
supports an important forest industry, as 
well as providing a particularly nutritious 
food: Indian villages are estimated to 
produce more than 37 000 tonnes of it a 
year. And a drug obtained from the saliva 
of leeches is used worldwide in skin transplants, 
and to treat rheumatism and thrombosis. 

The glands of the musk deer are used to 
make perfume, while the tree iguanas of 
Latin America are farmed for both 
their meat and their skins, which are 
sold to make belts, watch bands 
and shoes. 


Plant products 


More than 6 000 forest 
plants have long been used as 
natural medicines, and many 
have become the basis for 
modern pharmaceuticals. The 
rosy periwinkle, from the 
forests of Madagascar, has 
revolutionized the chances of 
children surviving leukemia. 
Taxol, from the western yew 
in northwestern American 
forests, is one of the most 
potent anti-cancer drugs ever 
found. 

The sago palm is a staple 
food for more than 300 000 
people in Melanesia; the 
700 000 people of the Upper 


Shaba area of Zaire 
consume 20 tonnes of 
mushrooms every year. Genes 
from w ild forest species have 
been used to improve wheat, 
sugar, coffee and many other 
crops and to protect them 
from devastating outbreaks 
of disease. 

Exports of rattan and of 
palm nuts and kernels arc 
worth more than USS 2 000 
million a year, and some 
1.5 million people in the 
Brazilian Amazon get much 
of their income from 
harvesting rubber and other 
forest products. 



bO 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMFNSIONS OF NT.ED 


WEALTH FROM THE WILD 




Many food crops and non-wood industrial, commercial and 
pharmaceutical materials originated as products long 
harvested from the wild by indigenous peoples. The 
economic and social incentives for non-wood 
harvesting encourage conservation and offer a 
defence against the loss of biodiversity. 

Animal products: food, insect products, perfumes, 
fertilizers, insects, fish, mammals, reptiles, 
birds, other wild animals, live animal trade 


Plant products: food, vines, fungi, 
grasses, other wild plants, 
perfumes, fodder, fibres, horticulture, 
extracts, medicines 


Services: employment, range land, plant 
protection, soil improvement, watershed 
care, parks and reserves, ecotourism, heritage, 
landscapes, pollination 


Services 

The value of forests in 
protecting soils and 
regulating water supplies 
and the climate is incalculable 
and the effects of their 
disappearance are often 
catastrophic. Wind 
erosion can strip 150 
tonnes of topsoil 
from a single 
hectare in just one 
hour; water erosion 
may wash away 
25 000 million tonnes 
worldwide every year. 
Deforestation in the 
Himalayas contributes to 
the flooding of nearly 
5 million hectares annually. 
Forests and trees are a source of 
fodder for livestock, particularly 
where grazing is poor or 
inadequate. Probably as much as 
three-quarters of the nearly 3 000- 
5 000 tree species in Africa are used 
in this way. Domestic animals may rely on leaves, fruits and 
seedpods from trees and shrubs for up to six months every year. 

Forests preserved in parks and reserves provide habitats for 
hundreds of thousands of species, many of them endangered. These 
arc usually very beautiful, and often have great potential for 
recreation and ecotourism. 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AMD PRODUCE 61 

Copyrighted material 


WEALTH FROM THE WILD 


I 


What are forests worth? 


F orests are usually worth 
much more left standing 
than when they are cut down. 
Studies in Peru, the Brazilian 
Amazon, the Philippines and 
Indonesia suggest that 
harvesting forest products 
sustainably is at least twice as 
profitable as clearing them for 
timber or to provide land lor 
agriculture. 

A study in Peru showed that 
sustainably harvesting forest 
products from just I hectare of 
forest could be worth US$ 422 
annually, year after year. 


C utting down and selling the 
timber from the same hectare 
would yield a one-time return 
of USS I 000. 

Another study in Palawan, 
the Philippines, showed that 
coastal fisheries could earn 
local fishermen US$ 2X million 
a year if forests on the island's 
watershed were left intact, 
thus preserving the coral reef 
upon which the fisheries were 
based. As it happened, the 
trees were cut, the resulting 
soil erosion killed the reef and 
the fisheries disappeared. 



People and wildlife 



Wildlife conservation is 
generally most effective when 
local people benefit from it; 
when they are hostile, there is 
little chance of effective 
protection. Wildlife reserves 
often try to keep local people 
out, denying them the chance 
to make a living from the 
land, while elephants, tigers 
and other large animals often 
trample crops or kill livestock 
and people in areas adjacent 
to them. 

Policies and protected areas 
arc increasingly being 


designed to attract local 
support. Quotas have been 
set for hunting antelope in 
Zambia's Kafue Flats 
wetlands. The local people 
decide how many to kill 
themselves and how many to 
reserve for trophy hunting 
tourists at USS 500 a time: 
under this regime, the 
antelope, threatened by 
poaching before the change 
of policy, have flourished and 
increased. Zimbabwe has also 
introduced trophy hunting, at 
high prices, and ploughs the 



money back into 
conservation and local 
communities. 

Protected areas in Papua 
New Guinea are often run by 
local committees, and the 
people are given incentives to 
exploit the forest sustainably, 
such as through butterfly 
farming. Game ranching also 
holds promise for 
conservation. In New 
Zealand, some 4 500 farmers 
manage forested rangeland, 
yielding more than USS 26 
million a year in exports. 



For animal populations to flourish, 
local people must benefit from 
protected areas. 


62 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS OF NF FJ) 

Copyrighted material 


WEALTH FROM THE WILD 



Many benefits follow 
when forests are 
conserved: 

• protection of wild 
species which could 
provide future crops, 
medicines or 
industrial raw 
materials; 

• prevention of 
erosion, conservation 
of water resources 
and stabilization of 
local climates; 

• the safeguarding of 
productive wild 
resources and 
encouragement of 
tourism. 

Trekking in Himalayan 
mountain forest, Nepal 
(left). 


Ecotourism 


Ecotourism is one of the 
fastest growing areas of the 
tourism industry. It is 
estimated to be increasing by 
some 10-15 percent a year. 

Two-fifths of visitors to 
Costa Rica - one of the 
pioneers of ecotourism - now 
come to see its forests, 
landscape and wildlife. 





The environment and tourists both 
gain from game reserves such as 
these in Latin America and Africa. 


Ecotourists in South Florida 
are thought to spend almost 
USS 2 000 million a year and 
trips to Antarctica increased 
four-fold in as many years in 
the early 1990s. 

Ecotourism offers an 
important opportunity to 
earn many millions of dollars 
per year from conservation. 
But ecotourists can end up 
damaging the very wild areas 
they have come to admire. 
Coral reefs around the 
world have been ruined by 
visitors. The lodges in one 
village on the Nepalese hiker 
trails fell a hectare of forest 
every year, causing more than 
30 tonnes of soil to be 
eroded away. 

Experts say that the effects 
of ecotourism should be 
monitored and the industry 
regulated if it is to achieve its 
potential for conservation. 
Small-scale operations are 
usually the most benign, but 
only a few, like the Toledo 
Ecotourism Association in 
Costa Rica, are run by local 
villagers. 




DIMENSIONS OK Ni l I » PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copyrightetfrnaterial 




Controlling pests 



Black tarantula 


Pests and diseases 
have no regard for 
national borders. 
FAO* EMPRES 
programme Is a 
major initiative for 
transboundary control 
of pests. 


P ests cost thousands of 
millions of dollars 
annually in lost agricultural 
production, and at least 
1 0 percent of the world's 
harvest is destroyed, mainly 
by rodents and insects, while 
in storage. In 1970 disease 
devastated one-sixth of the 
United States’ maize crop. 
Later that decade, Java lost 
70 percent of its rice crop to 
brown planthoppers, while a 
1 976 outbreak of New World 
scrcwworm in Texas cost 
US$ 375 million. The world’s 
potato farmers spend some 
US$ 1 600 million annually to 
combat the fungus that caused 
the Irish potato famine of the 
1840s. Rinderpest, a killer 
disease which in the 1890s 
wiped out 80-90 percent of all 
cattle in sub-Saharan Africa is 
now the target of a 
coordinated Pan-African 
eradication campaign. 

Pesticides help. Their use 
multiplied by a factor of 32 
between 1950 and 1986, with 
developing countries now- 
accounting for a quarter of 
the world’s pesticide use. But 
inappropriate and excessive 
use can cause contamination 
of both food and environment 
and, in some cases, damage 
the health of farmers. 


Pesticides also kill the natural 
enemies of pests, allowing 
them to multiply; meanwhile 
the number of pest species 
with resistance to pesticides 
has increased from a handful 
50 years ago to over 700 now. 

Biological controls, such as 
the use of pests’ natural 
enemies, are useful. In West 
Africa, the introduction of a 
wasp has brought about a 
spectacular control of the 
mealybug, thereby saving 
cassava, the basic food crop 
for millions of Africans. In 
India the seeds of the neem 
tree ( Azadirachta indica ) are 
used as a natural insecticide to 
protect crops and stored 
grain. Researchers have found 
that the active compounds can 
control over 200 species of 
pest, including major pests 
such as locusts, maiz.e borers 
and rice weevils, yet do not 
harm birds, mammals or 
beneficial insects such as bees. 

Scientists have developed 
new varieties of plants, often 
using genes from wild 
varieties with inbuilt disease 
resistance. Genes from the 
wild have been used to protect 
Brazil's coffee plantations, 
while a Mexican wild maize 
confers resistance to seven 
major diseases. 


Both pesticides and 
biological controls can be 
expensive: pests become 
increasingly resistant to 
chemicals, and the genetic 
resistance of plants to pests 
needs to be renewed regularly 
by the plant breeder. 

Integrated pest management 
(1PM), now the basis of FAO 
plant protection activities, 
combines a variety of controls, 
including the conservation of 
existing natural enemies, crop 
rotation, intercropping, and 
the use of pest-resistant 
varieties. Pesticides may still 
continue to be used selectively 
but in much smaller quantities. 

Five years after I PM was 
widely introduced in Indonesia, 
rice yields increased by 
1 3 percent, while pesticide use 
dropped by 60 percent; in the 
first two years alone the 
Government saved US$ 1 20 
million that it would have 
spent subsidizing the 
chemicals. In the Sudan, IPM 
produced good results with a 
more than 50 percent 
reduction in insecticide use. In 
the United States, a 1987 study 
found that apple growers in 
New York state and almond 
growers in California who 
used IPM substantially 
increased their yields. 



Pesticide safety 

FAO keeps countries informed of 
pesticides that are generally acceptable 
and helps to ensure that pesticides are 
property labelled and packaged, ft is also 
eliciting support for the destruction of the 
large stocks of hazardous pesticides that 
have built up in many developing 
countries. Most developing countries 
have neither the resources nor the 
expertise to rid themselves of these toxic 
and useless chemicals. FAO puts the 
quantity of obsolete pesticides in Africa 
alone at 20 000-30 000 tonnes, which 
will cost up to USS 150 million to destroy 




PROTECT AND PRODUCE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 




Worldwide locust distribution 


Pests threaten crops, 




livestock and humans. 
At least 520 insects 
and mites, 150 plant 
diseases and 113 
weeds have become 
resistant to pesticides 
meant to control them. 


Desert locusts (Scbistoccrta 
gregaria) have swept over 
Africa, the Middle East 
and western Asia for 
millennia. Under particularly 
favourable breeding 
conditions numbers can 
reach plague proportions. 
Often assisted by winds, 
swarms of 400 million or 
more insects, each one able 
to eat its ow n weight in 
vegetation every day, travel 
great distances at bewildering 
speed, and can strip entire 
areas of crops. 


FAO began its Locust 
Control Programme in 1952, 
and has been at the centre of 
attempts to combat outbreaks 
ever since. It runs the Desert 
Locust Information Service 
which provides early warning 
to affected countries and 
international donors. 

In 1994 FAO set up the 
Emergency Prevention System 
for Transboundary Animal 
and Plant Pests and Diseases 
(EMPRES); its initial priorities 
were to improve management 
of desert locusts and eradicate 


rinderpest worldwide. It looks 
at ways to target locusts 
without affecting other life, 
including non-chemical means. 


Severe locust 
plagues In 1987-89 
were mainly fought 
with chemical 
pesticides. Since 
then, environmental 
concerns have 
necessitated the 
development of 
alternative strategies. 



-too 

-50 

Change In pesticide use 

50 100 150 200 250 

300 

350 400 



Myanmar 

Oman 

♦203 (509) 


♦382(357) 



Islamic Rep. of Iran 
Malaysia 
Pakistan 

-IS (1679) 

-38 (1 467) 
-39(1353) 

-W 113 134) 
-«6(5550) 


♦92(25917) 
♦«1 (44 721) 

♦24 (5518) 


Cyprus 

Sweden 

Finland 

Romania 

Egypt 


•«7(11402) Hungary 


Cameroon 


Percentage change, selected countries. 1989-92. 

Figures in brackets show total pesticide use 1992. in tonnes. 

Mamation* ctaMtas an pmticite um « incaapMe. Thu cfart shows saw roesnt 
tronos Tbs vdira at um wot* gnuOy and many Oevotopmg countries may lum to 
ncwM pesUeite um « tody are to increase 9** agncotsM protection. Sonta 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


CopyrightodVnaterial 




Biological diversity 





1.4-1.75 million 
species have been 
identified but 
scientists believe that 
there are over 
13.5 million more 
species. The size of 
the grey drawings 
indicates the number 
of species known, 
while the larger 
shadow indicates the 
total estimated 




T he diversity of life on earth 
is essential to the survival 
of humanity. Yet it is being 
lost at an unprecedented rate. 
Natural habitats are being 
destroyed, degraded and 
depleted, resulting in the loss 
of countless wild species. 
Traditional crop varieties and 
animal breeds are being 
replaced with new ones that 
are more suited to modern 
agriculture. 

When natural diversity is 
lost, so is irreplaceable genetic 
material, the essential building 
blocks of the plants and 
animals on which agriculture 
depends. These plants and 
animals are the result of 
3 0U0 million years of natural 
evolution - and 1 2 000 years 
of domestication 
and selection. 
Of the 
thousands 
of plant 
species that 
can be used for food, 
only 1 >-20 are of major 
economic importance. In fact, 
only a handful supply the 
dietary energy needs of most 
of the world’s population. 
Since 1900, however, about 
75 percent of the genetic 
diversity of agricultural crops 
has been lost. 

In India, there will soon 
only be 30-50 rice varieties 
covering an area where 
30 000 once flourished. Half 
of the animal breeds that 
existed in Europe at the start 
of the present century are 
now extinct, and onc-quartcr 
of the livestock breeds in the 
rest of the world are now 
at high risk of loss. The 
traditional knowledge and 
skills of indigenous peoples - 
who selected, bred and 
cultivated such varieties over 
thousands of years - are also 
disappearing, often 



along with the people 
themselves. 

The loss of genetic 
resources has accelerated 
with the spread of intensive 
agriculture and high-yielding 
crop varieties to large 
parts of the developing 
world, replacing the 
traditional diversity ot crops 
with monocultures. Yet the 
varieties being lost may 
contain genes that could be 
used to develop even more 
productive varieties or to 
improve resistance to pests. 
The N’Dama cattle of 
West Africa, for example, 
have developed tolerance, 
over thousands of years, to 
trypanosomiasis, which 


threatens some 160 million 
other domesticated 
animals in Africa, costing an 
estimated US$ 5 000 million 
a year in meat production 
alone. 

Popular movements to 
consone traditional crop 
varieties are spreading 
throughout the world. The 
Seed Savers Exchange, a 
network of around 1 000 
farmers and gardeners in the 
United States, locates and 
conserves thousands of 
varieties of endangered 
vegetables. KENGO, a 
network group in Kenya, 
promotes the conservation 
and use of indigenous tree 
species. 


* 

« 


66 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE 1XMÍ.NSIONS OF NfctD |a | 


BIODIVERSITY 



Domesticated animals at risk 

0 200 400 600 800 1 000 


Europe 

Asia and 

Pacific 

Africa 

Near East 

Latin America 
and Caribbean 

North America 




1688 

1501 


I^H Total number of breeds: 
all species 

rm Number of breeds with 
population data 
■■ At risk of extinction 


Total number of domesticated breeds of ass, buffalo, cattle, 
goat, horse, pig and sheep 


FAO stresses the 
importance of building 
the capacity of developing 
countries to conserve, 
develop and use diversity 
sustainably as a means of 
reducing hunger and 
poverty. The Organization 
has pioneered the concept 
of Farmers’ Rights which 
recognizes that farmers 
and rural communities, 
especially those in the 
developing world, should 
he rewarded - and to no 
lesser extent than plant 
breeders - for the 
contribution they make to 
the creation, conservation 
and availability of genetic 
resources. 



DIMENSIONS OF NFF.D PROTECT AND PRODUCE 



Sustainable agriculture 
and rural development 


The genes of wild 
animals such as the 
gaur (top) and Jungle 
fowl (bottom) can be 
MMd to “refresh” the 
gene base of 
livestock. 



T he challenges of increasing 
food production are 
daunting. Despite great 
agricultural advances, millions 
go hungry or live under threat 
of famine. Food production 
will have to double between 
1995 and the year 2025 if the 
expected population of up to 
8 500 million is to be fed 
adequately. 

Parallel with population 
growth is the impact of 
pollution and the degradation 
of natural resources that 
threaten to limit gains in 
production and imperil 
sustainable agriculture. 
Achieving sustainable 
agriculture and rural 
development (SARD) will not 
be easy. Most of the best 
agricultural land is already 
under cultivation. The rate of 
expansion of cropland fell 
from I percent a year during 
the 1950s to 0.5 percent by 
the 1970s: by 1990 it was' 
virtually at a standstill. Per 
caput water availability is also 
falling rapidly. Future increases 
in production depend mainly 
on increasing the productivity 
of existing agricultural land 
and water resources. 

Farmer involvement is the 
key to sustainable agriculture. 
Given the right incentives and 
government support, farm 
families can and are making 
significant progress towards 
managing their land and water 
sustainably. 

Some traditional farming 
systems using low inputs have 
improved yields while 
safeguarding the resource base. 
Indonesian rice farmers who 
adopted integrated pest 
management (IPM), which 
reduces the need for pesticides, 
soon achieved higher yields 
than those who relied solely on 
pesticides. 

A diversity of crops or 



Areas of air pollution: 
emissions leading to acid rain 
I Sensitive soils / 
potential problem areas 
I Present problem areas 
(including lakes and rivers) 


Areas of persistent 
coastal pollution 


varieties can help protect 
farmers against failure. In a 
single Amazon community in 
Peru 168 different species of 
plants are cultivated. Small- 
scale potato growers in the 
Andes grow up to 100 distinct 
varieties, with a typical 
household growing 10-12. 

Agricultural systems, in 
both developed and developing 
countries, need to use new 
approaches to increase food 
supplies while protecting the 
resources on which they 
depend. This can be achieved 
with practices that: 

• fully exploit natural 
processes such as recycling 
nutrients, using plants that fix 
their own nitrogen and 


achieving a balance between 
pests and predators; 

• reduce the reliance on inputs 
such as mineral fertilizers and 
chemical pesticides; 

• diversify farming systems, 
making greater use of the 
biological and genetic potential 
of plant and animal species; 

• improve the management of 
natural resources; 

• rotate crops or develop 
agroforestry systems that help 
maintain soil fertility. 

The ultimate objective 
should be the optimum mix of 
agricultural practices, both 
old and new, in order to 
maximize sustainable output 
within the limits of available 
resources. 


68 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE I>1M> NMONS OI NFEP 




In the future, growth 
In food production 
will depend largely on 
finding ways to 
increase the 
productivity of 
existing agricultural 
land. 


Old varieties represent 
a valuable gene bank 
that can be utilized to 
create improved 
crops. Potatoes, Peru 
(lop) and apples, 
France (bottom). 


Atmospheric and coastal pollution 




Essential ingredients for sustainable development 


Biological Continued consena lion of genetic 
resources is essential if food supplies are to be 
increased. Authorities in regions rich in genetic 
resources should be encouraged to conserve 
wild species of animals and plants. 

Physical Soil and water must be conserved to 

sustain plant productivity. This requires the 
introduction of land management to reduce or 
halt topsoil erosion and to maintain or increase 
the water-holding capacity of soil. Irrigated 
agriculture needs to be overhauled where water 
is wasted or crop yields are declining as a result 
of soil salinity and waterlogging. Atmospheric 
pollution, including acid rain, harms crops and 
forest stands. Excessive use of chemical 
fertilizers and pesticides poisons soils and 
reduces productivity. 


Social Clear property rights and land tenure 
systems provide powerful incentives for 
owners and tenants to use their land in a 
sustainable way. Land tenure systems need 
reform in countries where land distribution is 
grossly unfair or where laws are inadequate 
to control land use, protect forests and 
safeguard rangelands. Participation must 
also be encouraged by local controls over 
planning and the allocation of resources. 

Economic Farmers in developing countries 
need fair prices for their produce and better 
agricultural infrastructure, including 
adequate extension services and efficient 
transport for getting their food to markets. 
They need incentives to conserve soil and 
water resources. 



DIMENSIONS Ol MID PROTECT AND PRODUCE 


Copy righted*fri aterial 



SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE 





The FAO definition 
of sustainable 
agricultural 
development Is “the 
management and 
conservation of the 
natural resource base, 
and the orientation of 
technological and 
Institutional change in 
such a manner as to 
ensure the attainment 
and continued 
satisfaction of human 
needs for present and 
future generations. 
Such development... 
conserves land, water, 
plant and animal 
genetic resources, is 
environmentally non- 
degrading, technically 
appropriate, 
economically viable 
and socially 
acceptable." 



Agenda 21 is the action plan 
adopted by leaders from 169 
countries who met at the 
1992 UN Conference on 
Environment and 
Development (UNCED) - 
generally referred to as the 
Earth Summit - in Rio de 
Janeiro. The action plan 
devotes a chapter to 
sustainable agriculture and 
rural development, which 
lays down that “major 
adjustments are needed in 
agricultural, environmental 
and macroeconomic policy, at 
both national and 
international levels, in 
developed as well as 
developing countries, to 
create the conditions for 
sustainable agriculture and 
rural development.’* 

Sustainable development 
considerations, it says, 
must be integrated with 
agricultural analysis in 


Agenda 21 

all countries, not just 
developing ones, and notes 
that at present there is a 
“widespread absence” of 
such coherent national policy 
frameworks. Governments, it 
urges, should have sound 
policies in place by the turn 
of the century. 

Agenda 21 puts priority on 
maintaining and improving 
the productivity of the best 
lands in order to support an 
expanding population. But, 
at the same time, the less 
good lands should be 
conserved and rehabilitated 
and further encroachment on 
marginal land should be 
avoided. 

It provides detailed 
proposals in 12 policy areas. 
These include land reform 
and encouraging people to 
invest in the land by being 
provided with ownership, 
finance and the means to 


market their produce at fair 
prices. People should be 
trained in how to conserve 
the soil, combining the best 
contributions of both modern 
and traditional techniques. 
There should be better 
conservation of genetic 
resources. The benefits of 
plant breeding should be 
shared between those who 
provide and those who use 
the raw r materials for it. And 
integrated pest management 
and plant nutrition should be 
widely adopted. 


Elements for sustainable agriculture and rural development 

INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES KEY NATURAL RESOURCES KEY EXTERNAL INPUTS 


Government level: 
policies, instruments, 
development plans, agrarian 

reform, nutrition surveys, food 

quality and food security, data, 
monitoring, early warning 
systems 

Rural community level: 
development of local 
organizations and capacity 
building for people's 
participation, training, extension 

Area level: 

for example, coastal zones, 
watersheds, river basins, agro- 
ecological zones 

Production unit level: 
farming systems, diversification 
to increase incomes, creation 
of rural industries, credit 
and marketing 


Land: 

land use planning, land 
management, soil conservation, 
land rehabilitation 

Water 

water conservation, irrigation 
improvements, water database 
development, water-users’ 
associations 

Plant and animal 
biological resources: 
conservation of genetic 
resources, development of 
varieties and breeds 

Trees and forests: 
reduction of deforestation rates, 
sustainable forest management 
and wood harvesting, promotion 
of non- wood forest uses and 
industries, conservation of 
habitats, integrating trees in 
tanning systems 


Pest management: 
programmes and projects on 
integrated pest control, control 
of pesticide use 

Plant nutrition: 
programmes and projects for 
integrated plant nutrition 


Rural c 
national strategies and 
technology transfer for integrated 
rural energy development 



Consumer level: 
improving nutrition and food 
quality, adjusting dietary 
patterns, product marketing 


Fisheries: 

reduction of fishing effort to 
maximize production, increasing 
aquaculture production, 
exploitation of new species 


70 


PROTECT AND PRODUCE OIMINMONS OF -.NEED 



Copyrighted material 




Inequality and 
Instability often go 
hand in hand. 


There is a narrowing 
gap in terms of human 
survival, but still a 
widening one In some 
measures of quality 
of life such as 
incomes and years 
of schooling. 


Income disparity 
between the richest 
20 percent and the 
poorest 20 percent of 
the world's 
population 

RaUo of income shares, 
richest : poorest 

CZD ■■ 

61:1 



A family of nations: 
‘Haves’ and ‘have nots’ 


Gaps in human development 


Developing countries Gap Developed countries 
A □ • 


Life expectancy 

Years 

I960 

1992 

46.2 

▲ 


I 

▲ 

63.0 

69.0 

• 

03® 


• 

74.5 





Adult literacy 

Percentage 

1970 

1992 

46 

▲ 


m 

▲ 

69 


[S3 

95 

• 

• 

99* 





Nutritional level 

Percentage of 

1965 

1992 

90 

▲ 


[M3 

A 

109 


124 

• 

25 


**• 

134* 

daily requirement 





Infant mortality 

Per 1 000 live births 

1960 

1992 

149 

▲ 


HI 

A 

69 

35 

• 

56 


-• 

13 





Access to safe water 

Percentage of 

36 

1975-80 A 


CM3 

A 

70 


1 30 i 


100 

• 

-• 

100 

population 






Years of 
schooling 

1980 

1992 

3.5 

▲ 


(Ml 


9.1 

• 


-• 

10.0 


3.9 






•Eslrrute Smrcte: UMDf 


T he world, as a whole, is 
getting steadily wealthier. 
Global income has increased 
seven-fold over the past 
50 years while income per 
person has more than tripled. 
But this wealth is poorly 
distributed. By the early 
1 990s, about 20 percent of 
the world’s population - 
most of it in the developed 
world - received over 
80 percent of the world’s 
income, while the poorest 
20 percent received only 
1 .4 percent. The developed 
countries consume 70 percent 
of the world’s energy, 

75 percent of its metals, 

85 percent of its wood 
and 60 percent of its food. 

In the developing world, 
the people spend a higher 
proportion of their small 
incomes on food than their 


counterparts in the 
industrialized countries. Food 
supplies tend to he 
unpredictable and nutrition 
poor. Jobs arc scarce. 
Investment in education, 
health and sanitation is low. 

In some developing countries 
per caput income is falling. It 
fell on average by 2.4 percent 
a year in Haiti in the 1980s, 
in Zaire by 1.3 percent and in 
Mozambique by 1.1 percent. 
Per caput food production 
fell during the 1980s in at 
least 58 countries: by 1990, 
food availability was lower 
than total calorie needs in 
more than 40 developing 
countries. 

Some of the gaps between 
rich and poor nations have 
narrowed since the 1 960s, 
others have grown, but life 
expectancy is low and child 


mortality remains high in the 
pooresr countries. 

Developing nations often 
lack the institutions and 
mechanisms to redistribute 
their income. Unequal income 
distribution means that the 
top fifth of the population 
may receive as much as 
25 times the income of the 
bottom fifth. Domestic 
policies are often biased in 
favour of urban populations: 
on average, rural 
communities, while still 
the majority in most 
developing countries, receive 
less than half the educational, 
health, water and sanitary 
services. 

Global and national 
inequalities encourage 
migration and can create social 
unrest. An unequal world is an 
unstable world. 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS Ol NEU) j a | 



World trade: 

Why is it important? 


a Jñm' 

ftl^soo 

SK > j 

ml A 



S ome US$ 3 800 000 million 
worth of goods were traded 
among the world’s countries in 
1 993. Ideally, trade consists of 
one country selling what it is 
best able to produce, and 
buying what others produce 
better. It creates wealth which 
can be used to reduce poverty, 
generate income, create 
employment and develop the 
economy. 

Trade is generally more 
effective than aid as an engine 
of development. If all things 
were equal, international trade 
would represent developing 
countries’ best means of raising 
the funds necessary to meet 
their peoples’ needs. But in 
reality the balance of trade is 
tilted against them. 

Some developing countries 
are becoming more 
industrialized, but most of them 


still bring raw materials, or 
materials that have been little 
processed, such as minerals, 
timber and agricultural 
products, to the world 
marketplace. Raw materials 
provide nearly 90 percent of 
the export earnings of sub- 
Saharan African countries. 

FAO lists 47 developing 
countries, 24 of them in Africa, 
which depend on agricultural 
exports. Many of these rely on 
exporting a single crop such as 
coffee, sugar, cotton or, in the 
case of Madagascar, vanilla. 
This can be dangerous, as 
Madagascar found when it was 
challenged by cheaper vanilla 
coming onto the market from 
Indonesia. For such countries, a 
bad harvest at home can wipe 
out a year’s export earnings, 
while a good harvest elsewhere 
may flood the market. 


Marco Polo 
opened the 

trade routes from Europe 
to China in the Middle 
Ages. The Silk Road 
existed long before and 
was very active in Roman 
times. 


Many countries have set 
out to diversify their 
production. But most of 
the foreign exchange 
earned by over half of all 
developing countries still 
comes from just one or two 
commodities. 

Since 1 970, sub-Saharan 
Africa and Latin America 
and the Caribbean have 
all seen their share of 
global trade fall, while 
the proportion enjoyed by 
East and Southeast Asia has 
grown. 


Trade creates the 
wealth necessary for 
economic development, 
creation of employment 
opportunities and the 
alleviation of suffering. 


Share of agriculture 
in world exports 

Total world exports 
in current USS 
thousand million 

1974 828 

14.4 ^ 

percent 

Share of agriculture 


1978 1 276 

13.6 

percent 


1982 1 795 


11.9 

percent 


1986 2 055 


11.2 

percent 


1990 3 309 

9.9 

percent 


J 


1993 3 371 


9.7 

percent 


DIMENSIONS OF Nl H> BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrighted material 


WORLD TRADE 



World agricultural exports 

Index. 1982-84=100 
Current USS 


Agricultural commodities arc 
a major source of income for 
most developing countries 
other than those that have oil 
reserves, hut prices have 
tended to fall over recent 
decades while those of 
manufactured goods have 
risen steadily. During the 
1980s, recession and slow 
growth in the developed 
countries kept demand and 
prices low. 

Between I960 and 1987, 
the prices of 33 commodities 
monitored by the World Bank 
halved. The value of a 
60 kilogram sack of coffee 
worth USS 310 in 1977, 
had fallen to USS 143 in 1989 


and was worth only USS 79 
in March 1993. Between 1982 
and 1992 the real cost of a 
kilogram of cocoa fell by 
about 60 percent, a kilogram 
of cotton by 40 percent and a 
kilogram of rubber by 
45 percent. Although prices 
improved in 1994, they 
still stood below their 1980 
level. 

Meanwhile the prices of 
manufactured products 
imported by developing 
countries were rising - by 
25 percent between 1980 
and 1988. Overall, in the 
1980s, the raw materials 
exported by developing 
countries lost 40 percent of 


Commodity prices 

9 their value in relation to the 

982 manufactured goods they 

imponed. 

Agricultural commodity 
im prices arc highly unstable 

d a because of fluctuations in 

supply and demand, 
s Competition aggravates the 

situation - 62 developing 
) countries, for example, vie 

for a share of the world’s 
coffee market. Between 1972 
and 1983, coffee prices 
fluctuated wildly each year - 
by an average of 36 percent 
above or below the trend. 
Furthermore, most 
commodities are processed 
after leaving their country of 
f origin, which therefore does 


Share of agriculture in GDP, 1993* 

Percentages 

• 40.0 and over 
▲ 20.0 - 39.9 
V 10.0-19.9 
O Under 10.0 
No symbol: Insufficient data 

*Ulna awulatto Optra usad «Ocre 1993 data 
am iravaiUtXc 

Boundin' of Entrai mown in grey 
Source <995 


Percentage share of 
merchandise exports, 1993* 

ti* I Over 85 percent primary commodities 
I 1 50 - 85 percent primary commodities 
WW 51-85 percent manufactured goods 
1^1 Over 85 percent manufactured goods 
i I Insufficient data 


On ms map pur 
oís textie fibres roods ar«9 live annuls Man/jclured poods 
include m.urmnf> m) plam transport nquçnumt, futiles irO 
Bottling aid the lu* ranga ol finished manufactured good* 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS Ol X£H) [|a | 


74 


WORLD TRADE 







Share of agricultural production in GDP and 
percentage share of merchandise exports 



not benefit from the added 
value that this brings. 

Sri Lanka keeps less than a 
quarter of the price of each 
packet of its tea that is sold in 
the United Kingdom 
- and even less reaches the 
farmer. 

Monitoring world trade in 
agriculture, fisheries and 

forest products is one of the 
prime tasks for which FAO 
was established. FAO 
monitors closely policy 
developments in commodity 
markets and provides fora 
for discussions of emerging 
commodity problems through 
its various intergovernmental 
groups. 


Price indices 



— Rubber 
Wool 



74 78 82 86 90 93 74 78 82 86 90 93 74 78 82 86 90 93 

— Cassava 160 Groundnut oil 160 Beef&veaJ 160 



— Maize 

140 — Pa 11 " 011 

tiin — Mutton & 
140 lamb 

.A 140 


ft . 

120 n 'A K 

,20 ~ J 

^120 



\ loo \ y\ ji 

100 fhJL 

100 



Sugar 


— Soybean oil 


— Pigmeat 


74 78 82 86 90 93 74 78 82 86 90 93 74 78 82 86 90 93 


DIM! SIMONS Ol NM D BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrighted 7 *! aterial 


WORLD TRADE 




Several major 
wheat producing 
countries do not 
rely on it as their 
main staple, but 
many wheat 
importing 
countries do. 


Rice is the staple 
food of almost half 
the world's 
population, but very 
little of the total 
production is traded 
on world markets. 


Indices, 1982-84 = 100 

Current USS 


Total world wheal 


Wheat export production index m 
price index — — 


Indices, 1982-84 « 100 

180 



160 

\ price index 

Total world nee 

140 


production index 

120 


* 

V 100 



80 



60 

74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 

93 


Wheat 

The cultivation of wheat dates 
back about 7 000 years. It 
originated in the western part 
of Asia, gradually spreading 
to nearly all other regions in 
the world. It is not surprising, 
therefore, that wheat, 
together with rice, are the two 
most important and common 
food staples in the world. 

Wheat production has 
grown considerably over the 
past two decades and in 
recent years its global 
production has reached 
around 550 million tonnes. 
The total wheat output of the 
developing countries accounts 
for over 40 percent of global 
wheat production, with China 
the world's largest producer. 

Wheat is the most 
important cereal traded on 
international markets. The 
total world trade in wheat 
and wheat flour (in grain 


Rice 

Developing countries account 
for about 95 percent of 
production and about 
80 percent of trade in rice. 
Most of the rice, a staple 
food for almost half the 
people in the world, is 
consumed in the countries 
where it is produced. Only 
about 3-5 percent of rice 
produced is traded on the 
world market. 

Different countries and 
regions have specific 
preferences for particular 
kinds of rice. Australia, the 
northern part of China, the 
Republic of Korea, Japan and 
Italy, for example, eat 
short/medium grain rice of 
the Japónica type. The 
preference in most parts of 
Asia and Africa is for the long 
grain or Indica type. 

Further preferences exist 
within these broad categories. 
The varieties of Japónica rice 
consumed in Italy, for 


equivalent) is dose to 
95 million tonnes, with the 
developing countries 
accounting for some 
80 percent of imports. This is 
mainly because, despite a 
relatively large wheat output 
in the developing world, 
overall consumption outpaces 
production. As populations 
move from countryside to 
town, there is increasing 
demand for convenient foods 
such as bread. The United 
States ranks as the world's 
largest wheat exporter, 
normally contributing around 
one-third of world export 
volume. 

Wheat is the major 
commodity provided as food 
aid. In 1992793, for example, 
wheat accounted for just over 
half of the 15 200 tonnes of 
the cereal shipped as food aid 
to developing countries. 


example, are not acceptable 
to consumers in Japan or the 
Republic of Korea. 

Different countries also 
prefer different kinds of 
processing: in Bangladesh, 
people like parboiled rice 
(rice that is dehusked after 
being steamed); in Jordan, 
the preference is for camolino 
rice (rice treated with paraffin 
oil), and the Senegalese 
like milled white rice with 
a high proportion of broken 
grains. 

Rice is one of the most 
difficult food commodities in 
w hich to trade because of 
rigid consumer preferences, 
the small quantities involved 
and the dependence of 
production on local 
climatic conditions. 
Fluctuations in prices on 
international markets can 
be large, adding to the 
uncertainties of providing this 
essential food. 


'A 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 1>I\I| N.MpjNS pf NSfcty -,| 




WORLD TRADE 


Jute is a fibre crop which is 
used mainly for sacking, but 
efforts arc being made to 
diversify' into other end-uses. 
The principal producers of 
jute arc Bangladesh, China, 
India, Myanmar, Nepal and 
Thailand. Despite the 
significant role played by 
jute in these Asian 
economies, the increasing 
use of synthetic substitutes 
such as plastics has made 
serious inroads into the 
global trade. 

Being a natural fibre, jute is 
biodegradable and as such 
“environmentally friendly”. 
The principal products such 
as sacks, can be re-used and, 
as a result, may have a 
secondary value for other 
users. Despite such positive 
features, the world market 
for jute has remained 
depressed. 


Jute 


In recent years, world 
production of jute has been 
about 3 million tonnes per 
year, of which 300 000 tonnes 
are traded internationally in 
the form of raw fibre and 
900 000 tonnes in the form of 
products. The world trade in 
jute products is dominated by 
the following, in order of 
importance: sacking, yam, 
hessian and carpet backing. 

In the mid-1960s about 
20 percent of world jute was 
processed in developed 
regions. This share has now 
fallen to around 5 percent. 
This decline results from the 
increased concentration of 
jute processing industries in 
the major producing and 
consuming countries of Asia 
coupled with a decline 
in overall consumption 
elsewhere because of the 
spread of synthetic products. 



Indices, 1982-84= 100 

Outside of the major 
jute producing 

180 countries, the spread 


of synthetic products 
160 has reduced demand 

Jute export H 

price index 1 1 

so that international 
140 trade in jute is 
declining. 

\ 120 

/ . V / 1 f \ 100 

~ 7 \ V V 

^ Total world jute V 

80 

production index 

60 

74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 

93 


Fish products arc an 
important source of foreign 
exchange earnings in many 
developing countries. One 
success story is the trade in 
shrimp, a particularly high- 
value product. 

In 1995, Thailand’s harvest 
of the black tiger shrimp 
(Penaeus monodon), which 
accounts for more than one- 
quarter of world production 
of warm-w r ater shrimps, 
exceeded 250 000 tonnes, 
confirming the country’s 
position as the top farmed- 
shrimp producer. Almost half 
of the United States* shrimp 
imports consist of this species. 
Production of black tiger 
shrimps, found throughout 
Asia, is growing by an 
estimated 20 percent a year. 

Trade in shrimp products 
has doubled in the past 
decade to reach 1 million 
tonnes but increases in 
aquaculture production have 


Shrimp/shrimp products 


led to instances of market 
saturation, accompanied by 
dramatic falls in prices. 

Shrimp prices also reflect 
fluctuations in consumption: 
traditionally, demand is high 
at Chinese New Year in Asian 
countries with large Chinese 
communities, while in Japan 
(the world’s largest importer) 
demand generally slackens in 
February, the coldest month. 

As shrimp cultivation has 
expanded, disease, water 
pollution and inadequate 
quality control have all had a 
major impact on production 
and trade. Thailand, China, 
India, Cambodia and 
Bangladesh have experienced 
severe financial losses, mainly 
as a result of diseased stock. 
The most serious decline was 
reported by China in 1993, 
when production fell from 
220 000 to 35 000 tonnes. 
Income loss was estimated at 
USS 9 770 million. 



Indices, 1982-84 = 100 

Current USS 


Total world 
shrimps and prawns 
production index 


180 

160 

140 

120 

'l00 


Shrimps and prawns 80 
export price index 

60 


Shrimp cultivation is a 
growing industry in 
several developing 
countries and a major 
source of export 
earnings. 


76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 93 


DIMENSIONS Ol NEED BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrightectmaterial 


WORLD TRADE 


Effect of the Uruguay 
Round on future 
international food 
prices 

Percentage change 
between 1987-89 and 
2000 

Minus Uruguay 

value Round Total* 

Baseline effect 

* ♦ 


10 0 10 20 3 

0 40 

Wheat 


€ 3 < I 


Rice 


15 


Maize 


7 


Millet/sorghum 


10 


Other grains 


■©■1 1 


Fats and oils 


■|e 


Oil-meal proteins 


3 


Bovine meat 


14 


Pigmeat 


13 


Sheep meat 


24 


Poultry 


14 


Milk 

41 


Tot* docs not MCCtwnly •«** 
ffw turn of ttn two ottocti 


The actual values 
shown Include tariffs 
and other policy 
effects and forms of 
protection. The 
baseline is a 
projection for the year 
2000 on the same 
basis. The Uruguay 
Round effect 
demonstrates how an 
adjustment in tariffs 
will increase trade. 


GATT and the World Trade Organization 



Policies designed to protect 
industry and agriculture in the 
developed countries make it 
hard for developing countries 
to compete in the world 
market. Some major 
developed countries sell their 
products at less than the cost 
of production, doing serious 
damage to non-subsidizing 
countries, particularly 
the developing country 
farmers. 

In 1993, total support 
provided to agricultural 
producers in OECD countries 
amounted to USS 163 000 
million. This gives their 
farmers an advantage in 
world markets, and has led to 
overproduction. In 1993, 
one-fifth of the European 


Community' Common 
Agricultural Policy budget 
was spent on storing its food 
surpluses. Producers in 
developed countries are also 
protected by tariff barriers. 
These tend to rise with the 
degree of processing involved 
- the tariffs for metal 
products and clothes, for 
instance, are double those for 
metal and cloth and four 
times those for metal ores and 
cotton. Quotas and quality- 
controls also deter imports 
into their markets. 

Such obstacles discourage 
developing countries from 
exporting processed 
agricultural products. 
Agricultural protectionism 
alone is thought to cost them 
USS 100 000 million a year in 
lost revenues. 

The General Agreement on 
Tariffs and Trade (GATT), 
signed in 1948, and the 
United Nations Conference 
on Trade and Development 
(UNCTAD), set up in 1964, 
have provided fora for 
negotiations on trade 
liberalization with some 
success. When GATT was 
established, tariffs accounted 
for 40 percent of the price of 
imported goods, on average. 
Today this has fallen to 
5 percent. 

FAO provided technical 
support for the latest set of 


GATT negotiations, the 
Uruguay Round, which was 
successfully completed in 
April 1994 and was the first 
to include agriculture 
significantly. As a result of 
the negotiations, GATT has 
now become the World Trade 
Organization (WTO), set up 
to monitor and regulate 
international trade, and to 
oversee the implementation of 
the Uruguay Round 
agreements. Although the 
reductions in subsidies and 
trade barriers in agriculture 
are small, they arc expected 
to add over USS 9 000 
million to the value of 
developing countries’ 
agricultural exports by the 
year 2000. 

Regional trade agreements 
arc increasingly important. 
The European Union (EU) 
has just been expanded to 
15 members. The North 
American Free Trade 
Agreement (NAFTA), signed 
by Canada, Mexico and the 
United States in 1992, will 
abolish most trade barriers 
between its members and is 
expected to attract new 
members from Latin America. 
Other regional agreements 
include MERCOSUR in 
Latin America, CARICOM 
in the Caribbean, ASEAN in 
Asia and COMESA in Africa, 
among others. 


Agricultural trade of developing countries 


Trade, 1987-89 

Projected trade in 2000 (baseline) 


USS thousand million 


60 



Latin America Africa Near Far 

and Caribbean East East 


78 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS OF NEED 





Food aid 


Food aid can meet 
immediate needs 
and contribute to 
development. 


Food aid recipients 

Million tonnes § 

r / 6 


Africa 

' A 1 

4 



Others 

0 


1981/ 85/ 89/ 92/ 

82 86 90 93 


Total cereal 

commodities 16 

provided as food aid 

Million tonnes / 14 


1981/ 85/ 89/ 92/ 

82 86 90 93 


A lmost all rhe food reaching 
the poorest nations from 
abroad does so through 
trade rather than aid. Nearly 
90 percent of the cereals 
imported by rhe 88 low-income 
food-deficit countries (LlFDCs) 
in the developing world and in 
Central and Eastern Europe in 
1 993 were bought on the open 
market. 

Food aid accounts for some 
5 percent of rhe total aid of 
US$ 2 600 million given by the 
Organisation for Economic 
Cooperation and Development 
(OECD) in 1993. Minimum 
food aid commitments have 
been established and monitored 
by the International Wheat 
Council through a series of 
Food Aid Conventions since 
1967. Food aid may be given 
in kind, as a grant or on 
concessional terms, or in cash. 


to fund food imports. 
Triangular transactions, where 
the donor buys food from one 
developing country to give to 
another, help both producing 
and consuming nations, hut 
only account for a small 
proportion of the total. 

The Committee on Food Aid 
Policies and Programmes, 
elected by FAO Council and 
the UN's Economic and Social 
Council, coordinates food aid 
within the UN system. It is 
also the governing body of the 
World Food Programme 
(WFP), which is responsible 
for about a quarter of all food 
aid given every year (the rest 
coming directly from 
governments and aid agencies). 
Standby food aid pledges are 
managed by the International 
Emergency Food Reserve 
(IF.FR), set up by a special 


session of the UN General 
Assembly. 

Food aid may he given in 
response to crises caused by 
bad harvests, war or natural 
disasters (emergency food aid) 
or to boost development 
(programme or project food 
aid), for example, by providing 
food for work in support of 
projects for reforestation or 
soil conservation. 

If poorly designed, food aid 
can create dependence in 
recipient countries, undercut 
domestic food production and 
nurture tastes for imported 
foods. But we II -designed 
programmes and infrastructural 
improvements - which reach 
those most in need, take local 
eating habits into account and 
promote local agricultural 
production - can be an 
important tool in development. 


Total cereal imports 
of low-income food- — — 
deficit countries 30 

Million tonnes 

_ 60 

40 

Commercial 2 o 

. » -.^i 0 

1981/ 85/ 89/ 92 / 

82 86 90 93 


1982 85 88 91 93 


WFP emergency 
operations 

US$ million 


Man-made 

disasters 


Drought/crop 
failures 
Sudden 
natural 
disasters 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrighicê’material 



Beating the debt burden 




External debt total of 
developing countries 

US$ thousand million 
1600 

1 200 

800 


400 


, 0 

1970 75 80 85 90 93 

Debt service of 
developing countries 

USS thousand million 
160 

120 

80 


40 

1970 75 80 85 90 93 

External debt total as 
a percentage of 


developing countries' 
GNP 40 



1970 75 80 85 90 93 

External debt total as 
a percentage of 
developing countries' 
foreign exchange 
earnings 200 

150 

100 

50 


— 1 1... 0 

1970 75 80 85 90 93 



External debt total as a percentage of 
foreign exchange earnings 



1980 1987 1993 

Sourer. Worid&tnk 


I n 1994, the developing 
countries as a whole owed an 
estimated US$ 1 800 000 
million to hanks, governments 
and multilateral institutions in 
the industrialized countries - 
the equivalent of half their 
entire annual trade. Servicing 
these huge debts diverts funds 
from urgently needed social 
and economic development. 

The debt crisis dates from 
the oil price rises of the early 
1970s. Commercial banks, 
flooded with money from the 
oil-exporting nations, found 
eager borrowers in developing 
countries. A major attraction 
for many of them was the low, 
often negative, interest rates. In 
theory the loans were to fund 
projects which would generate 
enough money to repay them; 
in practice this often failed to 



happen. In April 1982, as 
interest rates soared, Mexico 
said that it could no longer pay- 
even the interest on its debt. 
Other countries followed. 

As the crisis grew in the 
1980s, debtor nations turned 
to the I Ml ; and World Bank 
for help. These institutions 
made their help conditional on 
stringent structural adjustment 
programmes, which often 
included devaluation and cuts 
in public spending. These hit 
the poorest hardest. 

The world’s largest debtor is 
the United States, but because 
of its developed economy and 
rich resources, it has little 
problem servicing its debt and 
continuing to attract 
investment. Developing 
countries are far less well 
placed, spending about 


one-fifth of all their export 
earnings for debt servicing. In 
1994 the debt of sub-Saharan 
Africa (excluding South Africa) 
was 10 percent higher than its 
annual output. Every year the 
region spends four times more 
on servicing its debt than it 
does on health and education 
combined. Central and Eastern 
European countries face 
similar dilemmas. 

Over the past ten years, 
about 80 percent of the debts 
owed by the developing 
countries to commercial banks 
have been renegotiated on 
more favourable terms. This 
restructuring and rescheduling 
(lowering debt service costs by 
spreading the debt over a 
longer period of time) has 
eased the burden of the most 
indebted continent, Latin 


80 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 1)1 Ml Nn|< )NS Of NEED 

Copyrighted material 



America. Some countries have 
had parr of their debt forgiven. 

Debt swaps - by which 
foreign investors write off part 
of a country’s debt in 
exchange for local currency 
which they invest within the 
debtor nation - provide 
another mechanism. A 
refinement - debt-for-nature 
swaps - allows international 
environmental groups to buy 

part of a developing country’s 

debt in exchange for 
government investment in 
conservation: half of 
Madagascar's USS 100 million 
commercial bank debt has 
been written off in this way. 
But with a value by 1995 of 
less than US$ 750 million, 
these are unlikely to relieve 
much of the developing 
world’s debt burden. 


Heavily indebted countries 

Somalia 


Present value of debt 
service (PV) compared 
with export of goods and 
all services (XGS), _ , 

1991-93 average 



Nicaragua 


As external debt has to be paid in foreign exchange the 
relative difference between the present value of debt 
service (PV) and the export of goods and all services 
(XGS) is Important. The World Bank regards a PV/XGS 
ratio In excess of 2.2:1 as one of the Indicators of severe 
indebtedness. 

All countries listed here have a PV/XGS ratio greater than 
2.2:1. For example. Mozambique has a ratio of 11:1. 


Mozambique 
Guinea-Bissau 

Sao Tome and Principe 
\ United Republic of Tanzania. Uganda 

Zambia. Myanmar. Cote d'Ivoire 
Peru, Argentina. Guyana 
^ Burundi, Ethiopia 

Ecuador. Bolivia. Congo Equatorial Guinea. Niger, Mauritania. Brazil. Rwanda. Syrian Arab Republic 
Liberia. Poland. Uruguay. Yemen, Panama, Bulgaria, Honduras, Mali, Cameroon 
Nigeria. Central African Republic, Angola, Guinea. Kenya, Ghana. Laos, Morocco 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrighted Vnaterial 


The challenge 
of food production 



Between 1 950 and 
1980 food production 
in developing 
countries grew at an 
average of 3 percent 
a year, a rate that 
exceeded that of 
population growth. 
This unparalleled 
increase, largely due 
to the adoption of 
new high-yielding 
varieties, bought time 
for the development of 
further solutions to 
world food problems. 


U ntil the second halt of this 
century, agricultural 
research focused largely on the 
needs of industrialized 
countries; where it reached the 
developing countries, it was 
directed for the most parr 
towards crops that were 
important to the developed 
world. After the Second World 
War - and particularly after 
the food crisis of the 1 960s - 
the focus began to change. 
International research centres 
were founded and local 
scientists trained. Sub-Saharan 
Africa now has four times 
more scientists than it did in 
1961, although expenditure on 
research has fallen. 

Research in Mexico and the 
Philippines in the 1950s and 
1960s led to the development 
of the high-yielding varieties of 
wheat and rice that launched 
the Green Revolution. Between 
1 950 and 1 980, production of 
food in the developing world 
rose by an average of 
3 percent a year, outstripping 



30 000 


Agricultural resources 

Agricultural research personnel (full-time equivalents) 

Developing countries: 0 10 000 20 000 

Sub-Saharan Africa 
North Africa and West Asia 
China 

Rest of Asia and Pacific 
Latin America and Caribbean y 

Developed countries 


6.8 

7A 


Annual average growth rate 
(percent), 1961-85 to 1981-85 




V 

— 82 




— 6.3 


EZ3 1961-6! 

m iQ71 - 7 * 

^ 6.3 



M 1981-8! 


Agricultural research expenditures (USS million. PPP*) 

Developing countries: 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 


Sub-Saharan Africa 

_ 47 

Annual average growth rate 
(percent), 1961-65 to 1981-85 


North Africa and West Asia 

6.6 


China 


1 

6.5 


□ 1961-65 



6.7 


H 1971-75 

Latin America and Caribbean 

5.8 



■1 1981-85 










’Pwtftuuig ww*f panto» Sourer Wons fWtouna« MX M-HS 


population growth. India's 
wheat production trebled 
between 1967 and 1982; rice 
production in the Philippines 
doubled between I960 and 
1980. Today, high-yielding 
varieties cover half the 
world's wheatlands and most 
of its rice paddies. The extra 
rice produced, alone, feeds 
700 million people. 

The success of the first high- 
yielding varieties depended on 
the availability of water, 
chemical fertilizers and 
pesticides and on the use of 
machinen’ - favouring 
prosperous farmers and those 
with access to water and 
transport. The revolution 
was mostly confined to Asia 
and parts of Latin America, 
but Africa was hardly 
touched. 


82 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY Dl.VU NMONS Of NfcLD 


THE CHALLENGE OF FOOD PRODUCTION 



New high-yielding varieties of staple 
crops (rice, main picture, and barley, 
above) can help to provide food 
security for increasing populations. 

As each new variety usually 
lasted for only three to four 
years before adaptation of 
pests and diseases caused its 
resistance to break down, 
scientists had to keep breeding 
new strains. Over 1 000 new 
varieties of rice have been 
launched since 1966. 



There is now a new 
concentration on development 
of crops to suit less favourable 
soils and climates: new 
varieties of wheat which will 
grow in drought-prone climates 
are being developed as are 
strains of rice suited to the acid 
soils of Latin America's 
savannahs and the poor 
lowland soils of South and 
Southeast Asia. A hybrid rice 
developed in China has raised 
hopes of a new miracle rice 
which will help to boost 
harvests by the 74 percent that 
will be needed by 2020. Such 
breakthroughs arc urgently 
needed: rice yields in Asia seem 
to have levelled out even 
though the population 
continues to increase. 

Meanwhile other 
international research centres, 
set up in the 1960s and 1970s, 
have focused on other crops. 
Recent successes include new 
strains of faba bean - the 
“poor man’s food” - which 
have transformed Lgypt from 
an importer to an exporter of 
the crop; a sweet sorghum, 
developed in China, which is 
used as animal feed and for the 
production of alcohol for fuel; 
high-yielding varieties of 
cassava - Africa’s most widely 
grown staple food - which 
doubled yields in the 1980s 
and are set to do so again; and 
a hybrid pigeon pea which 
offers the hope of a “green 
revolution” in pulses. 

Research has also improved 

methods of growing crops, 
such as the discovery of ways 
of applying fertilizer more 
efficiently to Chinese cabbage 
crops. 

In all this, scientists are 
increasingly aware that 
progress depends on listening 
to the farmers and drawing on 
their own knowledge and 
experience. 


Future food security 
depends on high- 
yielding varieties of 
staple foods. 


Changing focus of agricultural 
research and development 


Past focus 
CROPS 

Non-food and cash crops 

Large-scale producers 
Prime land 

Increased productivity 
Higher-yielding cultivare 
Mechanization 
Monocultures 
Irrigation 
Mineral fertilizers 
Chemical pesticides 
Limited number of crops 


LIVESTOCK 

Cattle 

Large-scale producers 
Traditional pastures 
Capital-intensive production 


FISH 

Commercial off-shore fisheries 


Increased production 


Development of boats and gear 


TREES 

Single species plantations 
Industrial forestry 


Recent additional emphasis 


Upgrading subsistence food 
crops 

Small-scale producers 
Marginal land 
Sustainable production 
Stress-tolerant cultivare 
Animal traction 
Intercropping 
Ram-fed agriculture 
Nutrient recycling 
Integrated pest management 
Crop diversification 


Small ruminants and other 
small livestock/pouttry species 
Small-scale producers 
Improved dryland pastures 
Extensive production 
Improved feed quantity and 
quality 


In-shore, inland artisanal 
fisheries, aquaculture 
Replenishment of stock 
Increased fishing efficiency 
Reduced post-harvest losses 
Improved monitoring of stocks 
Enhancement of marine 
environment 

Alternative energy propulsion 
Small-scale fishing 
technologies 


Multipurpose tree crops 

Community forestry/ 

agroforestry 

Women in forestry 

Non-timber forest products 

Trees for watershed 

management 

Trees for environmental 

improvement 

Management of protected 

areas 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrighted material 


THE CHALLENGE OF FOOD PRODUCTION 



Areas of genetic diversity of cultivated plant 




jlSNÁRj* 

USD* - 


« i ICARDA] 


IciatI » 

ícípT » 


• C6IAR centres 


i i Areas of genetic 
diversity of 
cultivated plants 


WARPAl» « fÜTAl 

V 


ICRAF 

ÎLBI: 

Û 



CIAT international Centre of Tropical 
Agriculture, Cali, Colombia 

• Founded 1967 

• Conducts research in germplasm 
development in beans, cassava, tropical 
forages and rice for Latin America, and 
in resource management of humid 
agro-ecosystems In tropical America 

CIFOR Centre for International Forestry 
Research, Jakarta. Indonesia 

• Founded 1993 

• Undertakes research in forest 
systems and forestry and promotes the 
adoption of improved technologies and 
management practices, to increase 
well-being in developing countries, 
particularly the tropics 

CIMMYT International Centre for 
Improvement of Wheat and Maize. 
Lisboa. Mexico 


• Founded 1966 

• Focuses on increasing the 
productivity of resources committed to 
wheat and maize through agricultural 
research and in partnership with 
national research systems 

CIP International Potato Centre, Lima. 
Peru 

• Founded 1970 

• Undertakes coordinated, 
multidisciplinary research programmes 
on potato and sweet potato and 
worldwide collaborative research and 
training 

ICARDA International Centre for 
Agricultural Research in the Dry Areas, 
Aleppo, Syria 

• Founded 1975 

• Works towards increased and 
sustainable productivity of winter 


ram-fed agricultural systems in a harsh 
and variable environment; addressing 
issues such as soil degradation and 
water use efficiency 

ICLARM International Centre for Living 
Aquatic Resources Management, 

Manila. Philippines 

• Founded 1977 

• Aims to improve the production and 
management of aquatic resources of 
low-income users in developing 
countries through international research 
and related activities 

ICRAF International Centre for Research 
in Agroforestry. Nairobi, Kenya 

• Founded 1977 

• Focuses on mitigating tropical 
deforestation, land depletion and rural 
poverty through improved agroforestry 
systems 


Improved varieties of cereals 


Research and 
development 
has produced hardier 
plants with shorter 
growing times: 
barley (right); 
wheat (far right, top); 
rice (far right, 
bottom). 



BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY PIMI NSlON* OF NfctP . |a | 


THE CHALLENGE OF FOOD PRODUCTION 


ind CGIAR research centres 


ICRISAT Internationa] Crops Research 
Institute tor the Semi-Arid Tropics. 
Andhra Pradesh. India 

• Founded 1972 

• Conducts research into crops such as 
sorghum, finger millet, pearl millet, 
chick-pea and groundnut for enhanced 
sustainable food production in the harsh 
conditions of the semi-arid tropics 

IFPRI International Food Policy Research 
Institute, Washington, D.C., United States 

• Founded 1975 

• Identifies and analyses policies lor the 
food needs of developing countries, 
particularly the poorest groups. Issues 
addressed include food production and 
consumption, land use, trade and 
macro-economic conditions 

1 1 Ml International Irrigation Management 
Institute, Colombo, Sri Lanka 

• Founded 1984 

• Aims to strengthen the development, 
dissemination and adoption of lasting 
improvements in irrigated agriculture in 
developing countries 

IITA International Institute of Tropical 
Agriculture. Ibadan, Nigeria 

• Founded 1967 

• Conducts research and outreach 
activities on crops such as maize, 
cassava, plantain, soybean and yam. for 
sustainable, increased food production 
in the humid and sub-humid tropics 

ILRI International Livestock Research 
Institute, Nairobi, Kenya 

• Founded 1995 

• Incorporates some programmes from 
the former International Livestock 
Centre for Africa and the International 


Laboratory for Research on Animal 
Diseases. Has global responsibilities for 
strategic livestock research in genetics, 
physiology, nutrition and health 

IPGRI International Plant Genetic 
Resources Institute (successor to the 
International Board for Plant Genetic 
Resources. IBPGR). Rome, Italy 

• Founded 1974 

• Strengthens the conservation and use 
of plant genetic resources worldwide, 
with particular emphasis on developing 
countries, by research, training and 
information activities 

IRRI International Rice Research Institute, 
Manila. Philippines 

• Founded 1960 

• Generates and spreads rice-related 
knowledge and technology of 
environmental, social and economic 
benefit and helps enhance national rice 
research 

ISNAR International Service for National 
Agricultural Research, The Hague, 
Netherlands 

• Founded 1979 

• Helps developing countries bring about 
sustained improvements in the 
performance of their national agricultural 
research systems and organizations 

WARDA West Africa Rice Development 
Association, Bouaké. Côte d'Ivoire 

• Founded 1970 

• Conducts and promotes wide-ranging 
rice research to improve the technical 
and economic options available to 
smallholder farm families m the Sahel, 
upland swamp areas and mangrove 
swamp environments 



The agricultural research network 


T he Consultative Group on 
International Agricultural 
Research (CGIAR) was set up 
in 1971. It coordinates a 
global network of 16 
international centres - 13 of 
them in the developing world 
- and national centres. It 
promotes research on food 
production and natural 
resources management and 
mobilizes donor support. 

The CGIAR centres both 
develop new crop varieties 
and conserve the genetic 
resources which provide the 
raw material for research. 
They arc situated in, or near, 
most of the richest regions of 
biological diversity where 
crops originated in the wild. 
They house the world's 


largest ex situ collections of 
plant generic resources: the 
International Rice Research 
Institute (IRRI) in the 
Philippines, for instance, 
conserves over 86 000 rice 
varieties and wild species. 

Such collections play an 
important part in protecting 
food supplies: a Turkish 
variety of wheat, collected in 
1 948 and ignored for many 
years, has recently been found 
to carry genes resistant to a 
whole array of diseases which 
threaten modem crops. 

When war disrupts 
agriculture and farmers must 
cat their seeds to survive, 
indigenous varieties can 
disappear. In 1986 the IRRI 
reintroduced rice strains to 


Cambodia which had been lost 
during the civil war, while the 
CGIAR Seeds of Hope 
programme is replicating seeds 
in a hid to restore Rwanda's 
agriculture and genetic diversity. 

C'GlAR's best known work 
remains the development of 
new varieties of crops. It is 
breeding strains suited to poor 
farmers, who cannot afford 
heavy chemical inputs, and 
which will tolerate harsh 
conditions. Some centres 
concentrate on particular crop 
species, while the International 
Livestock Research Institute in 
Nairobi, Kenya, focuses on 
farm animals. Other centres 
are devoted to fisheries, 
forestry, food policy, irrigation 
and dryland management. 


Farmers in Rwanda 
normally keep seed 
from one harvest to 
plant in the following 
season. Civil war 
disrupted this routine 
and by autumn 1994 
some 850 000 families 
needed seed. FA0 
coordinated a 
USS 18.4 million 
programme that 
distributed bean, 
maize and other seed 

to help restore 
Rwandan agriculture. 


DIMENSIONS Ol Nl ID BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copy righteeffn aterial 




This gene bank in 
Ethiopia stores seeds 
of hundreds of wild 
varieties of crops at 
sub-zero temperatures 
for up to 50 years. 
Every five years the 
collection is tested for 
germination ability. 



Crops need new 
protection every 
15 years because 
pests and diseases 
develop around their 
existing defences. 
The only effective 
way to confer it is 
to interbreed them 
with other strains, 
often wild ones. 


Biotechnology 


B iotechnology can be 

defined as the use of living 
organisms to make or modify 
products, to improve plants or 
animals, or to develop micro- 
organisms for specific uses. It 
has been used since people 
first added yeast to bread or 
saved the seed from the pick 
of their crops for next year’s 
sowing. 

Advances in molecular 
biology have transformed 
biotechnology in recent years. 
Whereas in the past, crop 
improvement depended on 
selective breeding within 
species, developments in 
genetic engineering now make 
it possible to introduce genes 
from one species to another, 
producing “transgenic” 
varieties. Tissue culture, 
through which plants can be 
cloned from a single cell, has 
speeded up the process of 
making new varieties available. 

Tlie first successful 
experiment in gene 
manipulation took place in 

1986. By 1990, some 

USS 1 1 000 million a year 
was being spent on research 
and development - two-thirds 
of it by companies in the 
private sector. Thar year, the 
biotechnology industry in the 
United States produced some 
US$ 2 000 million worth of 
products. 

So far research has 
concentrated on medicine 
and pharmacy, but the 
potential for agriculture is 
immense. By the mid-1990s, 
some 50 plant species had 
been biotechnically altered - 
including rice, wheat, potato, 
soybean and alfalfa. 

Resistance to pests can be 
bred in this way, cutting the 
farmer’s dependence on 
chemicals. Scientists are also 
using gene manipulation to 
produce quicker-growing 


fish and cheaper, more 
effective vaccines against 
livestock diseases. Tissue 
culture has been used to 
boost the productivity of oil 
palm and eucalyptus 
plantations. 

Biotechnology has tended to 
favour the industrialized 
world, where most of the 
research is concentrated. 
Facilities are being set up in 
most developing countries, 
but progress is hindered by a 
lack of money and trained 
people. Fven though these 
countries provide much of the 
genetic raw material used, 
their access to biotechnology 
is blocked by patents and 
other measures taken by 
companies in the developed 
world to protect their 
investment in research and 
development. 

Developing countries are 
concerned that substances 
synthesized in the laboratory 
or produced by transgenic 
crops may undercut such 
traditional exports as vanilla, 
pyrethrum, rubber and 
coconut oil. Biotechnology 
may also present 
environmental risks. Cloned 
varieties could erode genetic 
diversity. Genes from 
transgenic crops could spread 
to wild relatives. As yet no 
satisfactory international 
standards exist for biosafety 
or the patenting of living 
organisms and generic 
materials. There arc plans, 
however, to add a 
biotechnology protocol to 
the United Nations 
Convention on Biological 
Diversity, which was agreed 
following the 1992 UN 
Conference on Environment 
and Development (UNCED) - 
generally referred to as the 
Earth Summit - in Rio de 
Janeiro. 


Gene banks ranked by size of 
collection 

(excludes CGIAR centres) 



9 

9 National Research Centre of 
Genetic Resources and 
Biotechnology. Brasilia, Brazil 

10 Institute of Crop Sciences. 

Braunschweig. Germany 

1 1 Plant Breeding and Acclimatization 
Institute. Radzikow, Poland 

12 Plant Genetic Resources Centre. 

Addis Ababa. Ethiopia 



KA BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted materia! 


BIOTECHNOLOGY 


The world’s major national plant gene banks 


1 Institute of Crop 2 
Germplasm Resources, 
Beijing, China 

2 N.l. Vavilov Research 
Institute of Plant 
Industry. 

St Petersburg. 

Russian Federation 


3 National Seed Storage Laboratory. 
Colorado, United States 

4 National Bureau of Plant Genetic 1 
Resources. New Delhi, India 

5 National Small Grain Collection, 
Idaho, United States 


6 Plant Gene Resources of Canada. 
Ottawa, Canada 

7 Institute of Plant Genetics and Crop 
Research, Gatersleben. Germany 

8 Department of Horticulture and Fruit 
Breeding, University of Agricultural 
Science, Knstianstad, Sweden 



I 



Careful maintenance of 
the earth's genetic 
resources is vital. 
Genes provide the raw 
materials for 
development of new 
pharmaceutical, 
agricultural and 
industrial products 
through biotechnology. 




13 14 


I 


i 


1 3 Institute ot Germplasm. Bari. Italy 17 Jolin Innés Centre, Norwich. 

United Kingdom 

14 Institute for Agrobotany. Tapfoszele, 

Hungary 18 National Plant Genetic 

Resources Laboratory, 

1 5 Department of Genetic Resources. Laguna. Philippines 

National Institute of Agrobiological 

Resources. Tsukuba, Japan 1 9 Institute of Agroecology and 

Biotechnology, Kiev, Ukraine 


16 National Institute for Forestry and 

Agricultural Research, San Rafael. 20 Australian Winter Cereals Collection, 
Mexico Tamworth, Australia 

Biotechnology has already developed: 


I 





Potato plants resistant to disease: to 
promote growth and decrease risk ot 
epidemics ttar left). 

Barley with accelerated growth rates: 
to increase agricultural production 
(top. middle left). 

Onions mat are slower to rot or sprout 
after cropping: to increase the shelf- 
llte and reduce losses in quantity and 
quality (bottom, middle left). 

Perennial maize 

In Mexico in the late 1970s two wild 
ancestors of maize were found that 
have been called the botanical find of 
the century. They can confer 
resistance to seven of the domestic 
crop's major diseases and can tum it 
into a perennial crop, allowing it to be 
harvested every year without 
resowing (left). 



Modem biotechnology 
is based on genetic 
engineering, by which 
the DNA in the nucleus 
of cells can be 
modified to produce 
new varieties. 






DIMENSIONS Ol NEED BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrighted material 


Biotechnology 
protects biodiversity 
by assisting 
conservation of plant 
and animal genetic 
resources through: 

• new methods for 
collecting and sorting 
genetic material 

• detection and 
elimination of disease in 
gene bank collections 

• Identification of useful 
genes 

• improved techniques 
for long-term storage 

• safer and more 
efficient distribution of 
germplasm to users. 

New crop varieties 
can be developed more 
quickly through 
genetic engineering 
than through the 
traditional method of 
cross-pollinabon. 


BIOTECHNOLOGY 


Self-cloning seeds 



Some 300 species of plants 
reproduce ascxually. 

Scientists arc working on 
transferring this “apomixis” 
to crops. Seed resulting 
from normal reproduction 
combines genes from both 
parents and so grows into a 
plant with its own unique 
genetic make-up; but seed 
from an apomictic plant 
produces an exact genetic 
replica of its parent. So new 
varieties, designed for specific 


environments, could be 
produced much more quickly 
than before, and farmers 
would be able to gather their 
own seed. Apomictic maize is 
expected in 1997, but it could 
be ten years before the first 
crops reach the fields. Some 
seed companies view 
apomictic crops as a threat to 
their sales, while some 
environmentalists fear their 
possible effect on genetic 
diversity. 


A weapon against cattle plague 



X 


Most of the agricultural 
applications of biotechnology 
to date have related to animal 
production and health. 
Gcnctically-cnginccrcd 
vaccines offer a weapon 
against such scourges as 
rinderpest, which killed 
2 million cattle in Africa in 
the early 1980s and caused 
indirect losses to national 
economics of some 
USS 1 000 million. Such 


diseases force herders to run 
resistant, but low-yielding, 
breeds. If they could be 
eradicated, it would be 
possible to crossbreed with 
high-yielding European breeds 
and so improve production. 
An Ethiopian scientist, 
working in the United States, 
has now developed a 
genetically-engineered 
vaccine against rinderpest, 
which uses a virus to confer 
immunity. Unlike the previous 
vaccine, the new vaccine is 
unaffected by heat, 
inexpensive, virtually 
indestructible and produces 
antibodies that can easily be 
distinguished from those 
produced by the disease - a 
characteristic useful for 
monitoring protection against 
infection. Tailored genetically 
engineered vaccines also exist 
for other livestock diseases, 
including pig scours and 
chicken bursal disease. 


Vine-fresh 

The Flavr Savr tomato, the 
first bio-cnginccrcd food to 
reach the world’s markets, 
went on sale in the United 
States in 1994. 

Biotechnologists have given 
the tomato an extra gene, 
which prevents it softening 
soon after it is ripe. The main 
benefit, according to them, is 
in the improved taste. 

Traditional tomatoes have to 
be picked while they are still 
green to prevent them rotting 



Nitrogen- 

Rice needs 1 kilogram of 
nitrogen to produce 
15-20 kilograms of grain, but 
only takes up one-third to 
one-half of any chemical 
fertilizer applied. Leguminous 
plants such as peas and beans 
produce their own fertilizer, 
through the rhizobia bacteria 
in their root nodules, w hich 
fix nitrogen from the 
atmosphere. Biotcchnologists 
arc working on transferring 



KK 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS Ol NEED 


BIOTECHNOLOGY 


tomatoes 

before they reach the 
customer. The new variety, 
however, can be left to ripen 
on the vine and because of 
this it retains its 
“homegrown” taste. The 
Flavr Savr tomato is the first 
food to benefit from the 
United States Government’s 
ruling, in 1992, which 
stated that food derived 
from gene-altered plants is 
not required to undergo any 
special tests. 



fixing rice 

this characteristic to rice 
plants, either by turning them 
into legumes or encouraging 
nitrogen-fixing bacteria in the 
soil to move into their root 
cells. This could save poor 
farmers large sums of money, 
and transform yields in such 
regions as Southeast Asia, 
where an area larger than 
Sweden and Norway has 
soils too poor to sustain 
high-yielding rice varieties. 




Biotechnology offers scientists 
new methods for conserving 
genetic diversity, particularly 
useful for plants which are 
sterile or have poor 
germination rates and whose 
seeds do not store well. Tissue 
culture makes it possible to 
store cells, as opposed to 
seeds or plants. 
Cryopreservation - storage at 
very low temperatures - 
freezes cell development and 
has been used successfully for 


cassava, coffee, banana and 
sugar canc gcrmplasm. 

These methods require less 
space than preserving cuttings 
in vitro or in field collections, 
w'hich are vulnerable to pests, 
disease and disasters. 
Biotechnology also makes it 
possible to detect and 
eliminate diseases in gene 
bank collections and 
offers more efficient ways 
of distributing gcrmplasm 
to users. 


Eradicating the screwworm 



The New World screwworm 
fly’s scientific name, 
C.ochliontyia hominivorax, 
describes its ability to “devour 
humans”, but its main menace 
is to livestock. It lays up to 
400 eggs in the open wounds 
of warm-blooded creatures, 
including people: the maggots 
then cat into the living flesh. 

It used to cause losses in the 
United States alone of over 
USS 100 million a year. 


The New World screwworm 
has now been eradicated from 
the United States and Mexico 
using biotechnology. The larvae 
of the flies are sterilized. When 
mature, ten sterile males are 
released for every unsterilized 
one thought to be in the area: 
they mate with females which 
produce no offspring. As a 
result the population is 
gradually reduced. The last 
screwworm case in the United 
States was reported in 1982, 
the last in Mexico in 1990. 

In 1989 the pest spread, 
probably carried by imported 
animals, to Africa w’hen there 
was an outbreak in the Libyan 
Arab Jamahiriya. FAO 
organized a campaign flying 
sterile insects from a “flv 
factory” in Mexico. Within 
two years the fly had been 
successfully eradicated using 
this sterile insect technique 
(SIT) and a potential disaster 
had been avoided. 


Biotechnology in 
the developing world 
is hampered by: 

• inadequate funding/ 
lack of human resources 

• restricted information 

• poor higher education 

• weak links between 
universities and research 
institutions 

• lack of appropriate 
legal regimes 

• little private sector 
involvement. 

However, many countnes 
in the developing world 
have considerable 
potential for 
biotechnology because 
of their wealth 
of biodiversity. 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyright ::** aterial 



I 


mmmm 





ARTEMIS 

draws upon satellite 
data to forecast crop 
production as well as 
conditions that might 
favour the buildup of 
locusts. 


The view from space: 
Building models of the world 


R emote sensing involves 
the collection and 
interpretation of information 
about something with which 
the sensor has no physical 
contact. Once simply a matter 
of climbing a hill and 
observing the lay of the land, 
it has evolved through 
black-and-white aerial 
photography into a complex 
process, using imaging radar, 
thermal scanning and 
satellites. 

Modern remote sensing is 
based on picking up the 
electromagnetic energy emitted 
or reflected into space by 
different features on the earth's 
surface. This can provide 
information on geological 
structures, surface water, land 
use, soil conditions, vegetation, 
the oceans and a wide range of 
other factors relevant to 
agricultural and natural 
resource planning. 

F AO’s comprehensive 
assessment of the world’s 
forest resources, published in 
1 995, drew upon remote 
sensing data and other 
national statistics. The 
Organization is now working 
on a land cover database for 
Africa. Such activities form 
part of the Global 
F.nvironment Monitoring 
System (GF.MS), a 
worldwide collective effort 
coordinated by the United 
Nations Environment 
Programme. 

Two kinds of satellites are 
used for studying natural 
resources. Earth resources 
satellites, such as the United 
States’ Landsat, France’s SPOT 
and Japan’s MOS, provide the 
detailed resolution (between 
10 and 80 metres) required for 
thematic mapping of such 
things as land cover or 
erosion. FAO has drawn on 
data from earth resources 



satellites for thematic- 
mapping projects in over 70 
countries. 

Environmental satellites, 
such as Europe’s Meteosar or 
the United States’ NOAA and 
AVHRR, offer more frequent 
but less detailed pictures of 
areas as large as countries or 
continents. FAO has used them 
to monitor rainfall and 
vegetation in Africa and the 
Near Fast. This information is 
processed by the computer 
system ARTEMIS (the Africa 
Real Time Environmental 
Monitoring Information 
System) and used to predict 
harvests, drought, locust 
swarms and food aid 
requirements. 

Information from ARTEMIS 
is used by FAO’s Global 
Information and Early 


Warning System (GIF.WS) 
and its Desert Locust Plague 
Prevention Group. 

Remote sensing satellites, 
900 kilometres up in space, 
enable scientists to monitor the 
conditions for crop production 
or which might encourage 
desert locusts to breed in large 
numbers. Since 1992 early 
warning of food crises and 
natural disasters has been 
transmitted to regional 
processing centres in Kenya, 
Ghana and Zimbabwe via the 
satellite telecommunications 
system DIANA (the Direct 
Information Access Network 
for Africa). 

OLIVIA, a satellite 
environmental monitoring 
programme for Asia and the 
Pacific, is currently being 
developed. 


911 


BUILDINQ THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIM! NSlONS l)> NULL) 





The new technologies 
ot remote sensing and 
Geographic Information 
Systems (GIS) make It 
possible to gather, 
integrate and analyse 
vast bodies of data 
that can then be used 
to tackle complex 
environmental 
problems. 


Remote sensors record 
and monitor the earth's 
surface by measuring 
the various emissions 
or reflections of 
electromagnetic energy 
from different types of 
vegetation, soils and 
other features. 


Remote sensing 



This data is then colour 
coded to produce an 
image (left). Here red 
represents forest, 
blue/green, agricultural 
land, and purple, rocky 
outcrops 

The image is then 
verified by ground 
sampling (far left): 
olive groves (top), 
high land (middle), 
pasture (bottom). 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copyrighted Material 



R esource use planning 
depends on correlating a 
vast quantity of data. For 
instance, a planner trying to 
locate suitable sites for 
growing a particular crop 
must combine information 
about soils, topography, 
rainfall, land tenure, transport, 
infrastructure, labour 
availability and distance 
from markets. This involves 
reconciling maps of different 
scales and types with tables of 
statistics and written 
information. 

Until the early 1980s, this 
was a laborious process, 
achieved by overlaying 
transparent maps on light 
tables. Such manual 
integration of different soil 


maps used to prepare 
F AO's Soil Map of the World, 
for instance, took an 
estimated 1 50 person-years of 
work. 

Introduction of the 
(Geographic Information System 
(GIS) has transformed the 
situation. Once the data, often 
derived from remote sensing, 
have been entered into the 
computer system, they can lx* 
combined with other data to 
provide a wide range of 
outputs, including three- 
dimensional views, maps and 
tables. It is even possible to 
animate events. GIS can 
also be used to model the effect 
of a specific process over a 
period of time for a particular 
scenario. 


FAO is harnessing GIS to 
help planners in the developing 
world make a wide range of 
decisions. It has been used, for 
example, to identify areas in 
Africa with potential for 
different kinds of irrigation, to 
assess the suitability of land 
for forestry and to map 
Kenya’s agro-ecological zones. 
GIS helped Costa Rica to 
pinpoint the best sites for 
aquaculture in the Gulf of 
Nicoya. 

GIS can also be a tool for 
the conservation of genetic 
resources. When the 
characteristics of places where 
samples have been found in the 
past are merged with maps of 
unexplored areas, GIS can give 
collectors an idea of new 


92 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS OF JSEEp . j a | 




THE VIEW FROM SPACE 





locations to search for 
gcrmplasm. It can also provide 
an inventory of the species, 
characteristics and 
environmental conditions of a 
given area as an aid to in situ 
conservation. 

In 1987, the former 
International Laboratory for 
Research on Animal Diseases 
used GRID, a GIS developed 

by UNEP, to investigate the 
environmental factors which 
limit the range of East Coast 
Fever, a tick-borne disease 
which kills many cattle in 
Africa. Data on climate, 
vegetation and cattle range 
were combined to identify 
high-risk areas where the 
disease might spread if 
infected cattle were introduced. 


GIS data on the current 
incidence and distribution of 
tsetse fly in Africa arc used to 
assess, among other things, 
where cattle can be safely 
kept or where they might 
require protection. 

The top map shows the 
present distribution of the 
palpalis group. This is a 
riverine species of tsetse fly 
which congregates in 

humid and sub-humid 
zones. 

The bottom map shows 
cattle distribution 
superimposed on tsetse 
infested areas, thus giving an 
approximate picture of the 
current encroachment of the 
tsetse fly on grazing areas. It 
suggests that around 


10 percent of the 
subcontinent’s cattle are 
being kept within the 
tsetse-infested area. The 
dots on the periphery of 
the red area represent 
cattle distribution in the 
tsetse-free drylands. 


GIS is used to identify 
high-risk areas that 
are then targeted in 
cattle vaccination 
programmes. 


Tsetse fly in Africa 

Tord and Kalondo tsetse distribution map 


Idrlttl 


Two of many electronic 
maps produced by FAO 
using GIS for 
environmental 
management and 
planning. 




A GIS integrates various 
types and styles of data 
which have been collected 
using a number of different 
systems. For example, a 
user could overlay data 
about climate, crops and 
population to establish 
optimum use of agricultural 
land for food production. 


DIMI NMO\S Ol MID BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copy rightedVn aterial 


Transfer of technology 




Some technology 
transfer opportunities: 

LAND/WATER 

• assessment of agro* 
ecological potential 

• sustainable resource 
management 

• improved water 
management 
technologies 

CROPS/LIVESTOCK 

• seed/fertilizer 
production and 
distribution 

• Integrated pest 
management (IPM) 

• re-evaluation of 
traditional crops 

• use of animal power 

• dairy cooperatives 

• animal breed 
improvement 

• pest/disease control 

• food processing 

• post-harvest loss 
prevention 

FISHERIES 

• resource surveys 

• aquaculture 

• fish processing and 
marketing 

FORESTRY 

• community forestry 
and agroforestry 

• policy development 

• nurseries and 
plantations 

• forest industries 

RURAL DEVELOPMENT 

• people's 
participation 

• access to markets 
and credit 

• agricultural training 

• appropriate 
technology to assist 
rural women 

• rural energy 

FOOD SECURITY 
AND NUTRITION 

• quality control 

• early warning 
systems 

• remote sensing 

• food stock 
management and 
distribution 


Major FAO information systems 

• AGRIS (International Information 
System for the Agricultural Sciences 
and Technology) 

• ARTEMIS (Remote Sensing 
Database) 

• ASFIS (Aquatic Sciences and 
Fisheries Information System) 

• CARIS (Current Agricultural 
Research Information System) 

• FAOSTAT (Statistical Database for 
WA1CENT) 

• FISH DAB (Fisheries Statistical 
Database) 

• F1PIS (Fishery Project Information 
System) 

• FORIS (Forest Resources 
Information System) 

• GDAGR (Global Databank for Animal 
Genetic Resources) 

• GIEWS (Global Information and Earty 
Warning System) 

• GIS (Geographic Information 
System) 

• GIS-DAD (Global Information System 
for Domestic Animal Diversity) 

• GLOBEFISH (International Fish 
Market Indicators) 

• Land Resource Data Bank 

• Plant Nutrition Data Bank 

• Seed Information System 

• WAiCENT (World Agricultural 
Information Centre) 

• WIEWS (World Information and Early 
Warning System on Plant Genetic 
Resources) 

• World Forest Resources Inventory 


E xchange of ideas, skills 
and techniques is vital if 
the majority of the world’s 
people are to benefit from 
technological advances. There 
is nothing new about this: the 
Babylonians taught the 
ancient world how to make 
bricks. Since the colonial era, 
technology transfer has tended 
to be a matter of patronage 
between developed and 
developing countries, rather 
than an equal exchange. 

While this type of cooperation 
continues to he necessary, 
technical cooperation among 
developing countries (TCDC) 


Regional centres and organizations 

provide technical inputs, research, 
training, and disseminate information 
to promote regional cooperation. They 
include: 

• CARDNE (Centre for Agrarian 
Reform and Rural Development in the 
Near East) 

• CIRDAFRICA (Centre fot Integrated 
Rural Development in Africa) 

• CIRDAP (Centre on Integrated and 
Rural Development for Asia and the 
Pacific) 

• SADC (Southern African 
Development Community) 

Regional networksyprogrammes 

coordinate research, information and 
technical cooperation. They include: 

• Coordination of Rinderpest 
Eradication in West Africa project 
(including cattle vaccination) - 

1 1 countries 

• Latin American Technical 
Cooperation Network on Watershed 
Management - 20 countries 

• Near East Regional Research and 
Development Network on Small 
Ruminants - 10 countries 

• Pacific Island countries cooperation 
in root crop production and 
development - 12 countries 

• Regional Cooperative Programme 
for Improvement of Food Legumes 
and Coarse Grains - 14 Asian 

countries 

• Regional Cooperative Research 
Programme (Network) on Fish 
Technology in Africa - 16 countries 






Trinidad and Tobago 

Development and promotion 

B: 


St Lucia 


ID ■MM 


Development tu 

promotion prelects- __ 

• wood gasification 
tor rural energy 

Ecuador 

To Dominican Republic: 

• banana quality and 
mark * ■ 
hnpn 

Peru 

Development and 

promotion projects: 

• small-scale hydropower 

{also Colombia and Bofcvia) 


Brazil 

To odie» Latin American 
countries 

• tropical forest 
management techniques 

Development and promotion 
protects: 

• wood gasification lor rural 


Argentina 

Exchanges: 

• trained Chinese 
technicians m crop 
biotechnology 

• helped Nigeria m 
oilseed and wheat 
research 


• small-scale hydropower 


programmes 


is becoming increasingly 
important. Technologies 
passed from one developing 
country to another may work 
herrer than those evolved in 
the developed world. 

Channels for technology 
transfer include regional 
centres for integrated 
development in the Near East 
(CARDNE), Asia and the 
Pacific (CIRDAP) and Africa 
(CIRDAIRICA); technical 
cooperation networks (in 
1994 there were some 25 of 
them linked to institutions in 
Latin America and the 
Caribbean); and global 


information networks, such 
as AC.RIS/CARIS, set up by 
FAO to provide information 
on agricultural research and 
technology. By mid- 1995, 73 
countries and 2 700 experts 
were participating in 
AGRIS/CARIS. 

Examples of TCDC include: 

• The adoption of Asian 
equipment by rice growers in 
the Sahel. This includes push 
rotary hoes and wceders, for 
swift weeding, and a stove 
developed in Viet Nam 
which burns rice husks. By 
burning hitherto unused 




BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY OIMLNSK >VS O» NfcfcO |a | 





residues from rice mills, 
the stoves reduce pressure 
on forests for fuel wood 


• An agreement between 
India and the Philippines 
which provides for study 


• A regional workshop in 
Buenos Aires in 1992, 
attended by 1 9 Latin American 


Viet Nam 

To other Asian countries and to Sahel 
(Burkina Faso, Guinea, Mall, Senegal): 

• In- Trail rice-husk stove 

• fas! weeding tods 

To other Asian countries (Bangladesh. India. Indonesia. Myanmar): 

• maize transplanting technique that allows a third crop each year 


Mongolia 

Exchange with other 
developing countries 
in and outside Asia: 

• shared experience 
of pastoral 
development 


China 

Mutual exchanges with talm America and the Caribbean 

• rural energy sources and tochnokotpes 

• biogas technology 

• shared experience of duck breedmg and genetic 
improvement of pigs with Argentina 

• urea-'ammoma treatment of straw for use as fodder 
(economical alternative to gram teed and reduces 
pollution from straw burnmgi 


The UN Conference 
on Environment and 
Development - 
the Earth Summit - 
in 1992 placed 
technology transfer 
on the international 
agenda as an essential 
factor in development 


programmes. 


The map (left) shows 
some selected 
examples of technical 
cooperation among 
developing countries. 


of design and 
implementation of rura 
development projects 


India 

i* change with 80 other ne «eloping countries 

I organised by India’s National Bureau of Ptanl Genetic Resources (NBPGR)|: 

• ocrmplasm exchange 

Cambodia (organized by Indian NGO, Action for Food Production (AFPRO)l: 

• model biogas ¿g ester, btogas technology for rural energy 
’ Nigeria: 

• rice and sugar cane farming/processing technioues 
To Philippines: 

• animal health, farm macfwiery, post-harvest techniques 
Pioneered projects: 

• techniques and equipment to extract and process fibre from pmeappie leaves to 
make a range ot products - textiles/soM fuels/ roofing 


Cyprus 

To Near East 
• training m artificial 
insemination of 
sheep 


Pakistan 


Thailand 

Pioneered projects 


Philippines 

To India 

• ftsh-tarming techniqu- 

• vaccinology 

To Burkina Faso. Nigeria 

Zimbabwe: 

• participative 
banking/ savings 
scheme 

Pioneered projects: 

• tuapia farming 
techniques 


and charcoal. They produce 
no smoke, and the ash can 
be used as fertilizer. 

• The transfer of a model 
biogas digester from India to 
Cambodia. The digester was 
developed for use in India by 
a local NGO, Action for Food 
Production (AFPRO), which 
has now adapted it for 
Cambodia, where 
deforestation has been 
exacerbated by two decades 
of social upheaval. 


visits, consultancies and the 
exchange of information 
and germptasm. The rwo 
countries are engaged in 
training each others’ 
technicians in a wide 
range of fields. These 
include fish farming and 
vaccinology (from the 
Philippines to India), and 
animal health, farm 
machinery and rhe post- 
harvest treatment of cashew 
nuts (from India to rhe 
Philippines). 


and Caribbean countries and 
China, Nigeria and the 
Philippines. Over 270 joint 
projects were agreed. They 
included Guatemalan training 
of Argentinians in control of 
the cattle worm; Argentinian 
help to Nigeria on potato and 
sunflower production and 
marketing; Chilean advice to 
China on wine production; and 
the transfer of an ancienr Inca 
method of preserving potatoes 
from Peru to Guatemala, 

Cuba and Colombia. 


New technology using 
waste materials is 
spreading throughout 
the developing world. 
lo-Trau stove fuelled 
by rice husks (top). 
Meal cooked using 
biogas made in the 
family's own yard 
using fermented 
organic waste 
(bottom). 




DIMENSIONS Ol NI KI) BUILDING THE QLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copy rightec^/n aterial 


A question of commitment 


W orld food security 

depends on increased, 
and above all, better directed 
investment in agricultural 
development in the developing 
world. This requires greater 
commitment from both 
developed and developing 
countries. 

Official aid to agriculture in 
the developing countries rose 
from some USS 1 1 000 million 
a year in the early 1980s to 
USS 14 000 million in 1988 - 
but has now plummeted to less 
than USS 10 000 million a 
year in today's values. The 
private sector, including farm 
households, provides 
80 percent of all investment. 
Public spending on agriculture 
within developing countries 
has also fallen. It is difficult to 
calculate exactly how much is 
spent every year, but FAO data 
suggest that between 1977 and 
1992 some USS 26 000 million 
a year was invested in on-farm 
improvements and some 
US$ 16 000 million a year in 
post-harvest facilities and in 
agro-industry. 

Estimates suggest that the 
level of net investment will not 
have to increase much, in most 
of the world, to meet the needs 
of the next two decades: the 
exception is sub-Saharan 
Africa, where investment must 
double. However, gross 
investment, including capital 
stock maintenance, needs to 
grow by about US$ 39 000 
million a year in primary and 
post-production operations. 

Of this, US$ 5 000 million 
must be spent on rural 
infrastructure and social 
services, which have been 
neglected by both national 
governments and donors. Less 
than 10 percent of the 
US$ 200 000 million spent on 
infrastructure in the 
developing world in 1993 



Bcundanw ot nitons lermed snee 1902 |in lormnr Yugos! »i» 
in fomtr CiecnofKniiUB, Crntati nv shown m gray 
Source. UHDf> 


went to the countryside. 

Priorities for investment 
have shifted in recent years as 
a result of diminishing per 
caput availability of land, 
environmental concerns and a 
greater focus on people and 
poverty. Future needs include 
the development of new 
technology; intensification (via 
irrigation, land improvement, 
mechanization and the use of 
purchased inputs); the 
improvement or construction 
of facilities to handle, store, 
process, transport and market 
produce; and the improvement 
of rural roads, power supplies 
and telecommunications. 

These priorities vary from 


region to region. In Asia and 
Latin America, for example, 
rapid urban growth calls for 
relatively large investment in 
marketing and processing. In 
Africa, rural infrastructure is a 
top priority. 

Issues such as locust and 
desertification control, early 
warning systems for drought 
and famines, outbreaks of 
plant and animal disease, and 
shared fishery and water 
resources involve more than 
one country at a time. 
Investment is particularly weak 
and difficult to organize unless 
the countries concerned are 
committed to finding 
solutions. 


Overseas aid per caput, 1992 

USS 

Net donors: Net recipients: 

200 and over I I 0-19 

WÊÊ 100-199 HI 20-39 

□ 0-99 CZ3 40-59 

60 and over 

I I Insufficient 
data 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted material 


A QUESTION OF COMMITMENT 


•k.* 






Overseas aid flows 




Development patterns 
that perpetuate 
today’s inequities are 
neither sustainable 
nor worth sustaining. 



DIMENSIONS Oh M I D BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY 


Copy righted’fri aterial 


COTE D'IVOIRE 


A QUESTION OF COMMITMENT 


Members of tbe 
village committee 
of Ankofafa, 
Madagascar, inspect 
the results of 
community anti- 
erosion measures. 



Selected developing 
countries: 



Sub-Saharan Africa 


Small farmers are the major 
agents of agricultural 
improvement in the 
developing world. They 
invest their savings and 
labour; they have the most to 
lose or gain from the projects 
designed by governments or 
aid agencies. Their 
commitment is vital to any 
success. 



In the past, city-based 
experts and planners have 
tended to overlook grassroots 
opinion and expertise. FAO s 
Investment Centre <IC) helps 
potential borrowers to design 
projects for investment by 
donors and has placed great 
importance in recent years on 
involving farmers in the 
process. This makes it 


Sourer MvtfJte* 



Latin America 


possible to tailor projects to 
farmers* needs and to 
establish what innovations 
they are prepared to adopt. 

In Zaire, for example, 
collaboration between farmers 
and peasant organizations has 
helped strengthen agricultural 
extension in six pilot areas of 
the country. A wide variety of 
farmer-driven and 
government-supported 
initiatives in agricultural 
training have enabled an 
estimated 320 000 farmers to 
be reached over a five-year 
period. The farmers were 
trained in areas such as 
agroforestry, market 
gardening and animal 
husbandry. Similar work in 
China has led to nearly 
USS 1 000 million worth of 
projects. Further projects arc 
starting in Armenia, Jordan, 
Mali and Zambia. 


Indicators of rural poverty 


Rural population as percentage of total population 
Rural poor as percentage of total poor 


•»« 


BUILDING THE GLOBAL COMMUNITY DIMENSIONS OE NfcED 


Food and 
Agriculture: 
the Future 



Dimensions of Need 


Copyrighted material 



The most basic of 
human rights is the 
right to adequate food 
and nutrition. 


FAQ seeks to mobilize 
international and 
national support for 
the establishment of 
world food security. 


N o human right is more 
fundamental than the right 
to food. Other human rights 
mean relatively little to those 
who are starving. Vet, although 
the world has enough food for 
all - and its average availability 
per caput has increased over 
the past three decades - some 
800 million people are still 
chronically malnourished. 
Although the diets needed to 
provide the nutrients essential 
for a healthy and productive 
life are known, an estimated 
2 000 million people still suffer 
from micronutrient deficiency 
diseases. 

The United Nations, since 
its inception, has insisted that 
access to adequate food is a 
universal human right and a 
collective responsibility of the 
world community. In 1948 the 
Universal Declaration of 
Human Rights recognized that 
“everyone has the right to a 
standard of living adequate for 
the health and well-being of 

himself and his family, 

including food...”. In 1966, 
the International Covenant on 
Economic, Social and Cultural 
Rights developed this more 
explicitly, stressing the “right 
of everyone to... adequate 
food” and specifying that 
everyone’s fundamental right is 
to be free of hunger. The same 
rights were reaffirmed at the 
1974 World Food Conference. 

FAO’s Constitution clearly 
sets out its intention of 


i 

i 

i 




ensuring humanity’s freedom 
from hunger and calls on 
governments to take action, 
individually and collectively, to 
help to bring this about. The 
Organization looks beyond 
promoting food production to 
examining conditions for a 
stable food supply and to 
aiming to ensure that everyone 
always has both physical and 
economic access to basic food 
needs. In 1983 the FAO 
Conference adopted three key 
guidelines for world food 
security: ensuring adequate 
food availability; providing 
access to food, particularly for 


the poor; and enhancing the 
stability of food supplies. FAO 
continues to press for wider 
recognition of the right to food 
and, in 1992, it initiated the 
Declaration of Barcelona 
which emphasizes food rights 
and seeks to mobilize support 
from international 
organizations, governments, 
non-governmental 
organizations and individuals. 
This right to food found a 
practical expression in the 
Plan of Action adopted by the 
joint FAO/WHO International 
Conference on Nutrition 
in 1992. 


100 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted material 



Agriculture in the 
twenty-first century 



A s wc progress into the next 
century, the world as a 
whole will continue to produce 
enough to teed an increasing 
population. Nutrition will 
continue to improve in most 
developing regions. But the 
disparities between regions will 
become even greater, with sub- 
Saharan Africa particularly 
badly affected. 

The rate of growth in world 
food production, which has 
been slowing down tor the past 
three decades, will continue to 
decelerate. It dropped from 
3 percent a year in the 1 960s to 
2 percent in the 1980s, and is 
expected to continue to fall to 
1.8 percent in 2010. World 
population, meanwhile, is 
forecast to increase to around 
7 000 million, 94 percent of the 
increase being in developing 
countries. 

Food supplies for direct 
human consumption will 
increase in developing countries 
from about 2 500 calories per 
caput per day in the early 


1990s to just over 2 700 
calories in 2010. By then three 
regions - East Asia (including 
China), North Africa and the 
Near East, and Latin America 
and the Caribbean - are likely 
to reach or exceed the 3 000 
calorie mark. South Asia may 
make significant progress, 
coming close to the present 
developing country average. 

But in sub-Saharan Africa - 
where nutrition has already 
declined over the past three 
decades - food supplies per 
caput are likely to grow little, if 
at all, remaining at less than 
2 200 calories a day. 

As a result, sub-Saharan 
Africa is likely to take over 
from South Asia as the region 
with the greatest number of 
chronically undernourished 
people; the number is expected 
to grow there from 200 million 
at the start of the 1990s to 
around 300 million 20 years 
later, while the number in 
South Asia is expected to fall 
only marginally from the 


present 250 million. These 
broad estimates indicate there 
may be fewer chronically 
malnourished in the developing 
world, despite population 
growth: down from the present 
800 million to 650 million. But 
this estimate shows that past 
hopes that the world would be 
on a firm path to eliminating 
hunger and malnutrition by the 
end of the century remain 
optimistic in the absence of any 
new, major global initiative that 
might significantly change 
present perspectives. 

Total imports of agricultural 
products by developing 
countries are growing faster 
than exports. For some, this 
will reflect the development 
process as they turn away from 
economies dominated by 
agriculture. But for those low- 
income countries that remain 
heavily dependent on 
agricultural exports to finance 
food and other imports it will 
reduce their chances for 
sustainable economic growth. 


The future, just like the 
past, is likely to be 
characterized by a mix 
of successes and 
failures along the path 
towards a better fed 
world and more 
sustainable livelihoods 
and agriculture. 


Per caput food 
supplies 

Calories per day 


El 1969-71 
□ 1990-92 

nn 2oio 


Sub-Saharan Africa 

2 040 
2170 

North Africa and Near East 

■■■ 


2 960 
3120 


South Asia 


East Asia 


2300 
2 450 


2050 


3 040 


Latin America and Caribbean 
2 510 
2 740 
2 950 


Developed countries 


Food supplies and crop production 

Major crops in _ . 300 _ 300 

. Barley Cassava 

developing 250 250 

countries 


3100 
3 300 
3470 71 



Coffee 


90 


90 


90 



DIMi NSION'S Oi Ml I) FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyrightetdmaterial 


AGRICULTURE IN THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY 


4 


Share of wheat crop 
area planted to 
modem wheat 
varieties* in 
developing countries 
Percentages 


I 1970 □ 1983 
] 1977 CZ3 1990 


Area not yet 
planted with 
modem varieties 



Forecasts suggest that 
by 2010, agriculture 
will tend to be more 
intensive and more 
productive. 


Increasing yields 

I ncreases in food production 
by the year 20 10 will depend 
on further intensification of 
agriculrurc in developing 
countries. Together with 
growth in yields, more land will 
be brought into production and 
the existing land used more 
intensively. 

Growth in yields has been 
the main cause of increases in 
production in the past, and will 
be even more important in the 
future, particularly in Asia and 
North Africa and the Near 
Fast, where land is scarce. 
Yields of both wheat and rice 
are expected to grow 
substantially, if less rapidly 
than in the past, but this will 
depend on an unabated 
research effort. 

Fertilizer use in developing 
countries (excluding China) has 
grown four-fold over the past 
20 years, although the rate of 
growth declined sharplv from 
the 1970s to the 1980s. 
Application is expected to go 
on increasing, while the rate of 
growth will continue to fall: it 
is forecast that some 80 million 
tonnes of nutrients in the form 
of fertilizer will he used in 
developing countries, outside 
China, in 2010, compared to 
37 million tonnes in the early 
1990s. 




Internal renewable water 
resources per caput, 1992 

Thousand cubic metres per year 




- 3 . - 


Boundaries <A ntóens formed snee 1992 im terme Yutjosl«ii 
in Iwmei CnctKoiotttua, lr«Ueai are shown n grey. 

Sourer World ftosourcn, 1994 95 


MÊÊ 50.0 and over 

□ 10.0-49.9 

□ 5.0 -9.9 
dl 2.0 -4.9 
f I Under 2.0 

I Insufficient data 


The amount of land under 
cultivation is expected to 
increase. In 1995 about 
760 million hectares were used 
to produce crops in the least 
developed countries (excluding 
China): this could grow to 
some 850 million hectares by 
2010. Only about 600 million 
of the 760 million hectares in 
use arc actually cropped and 
harvested in an average year - a 
cropping intensity of 
79 percent. This rate of use 
could increase to 85 percent, 
bringing the total harvested 
area to some 720 million 
hectares by 2010. 

The area occupied hv human 
settlements could increase by 


some 35 million hectares, some 
of which will he land with 
agrie Lilt u ral potential. The 
expansion would take place 
mainly in sub-Saharan Africa 
and Latin America and the 
Caribbean, although rhere 
might also be some in East Asia 
(excluding China). 

Achieving higher yields 
and greater intensification 
will depend crucially on 
maintaining and expanding 
irrigation systems; they will 
have to increase by 23 million 
hectares, or 1 9 percent, over 
and above the area lost to 
waterlogging and salinization. 
The hulk of this increase would 
be in South Asia. 


102 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE DIME NMONS OF MFI> rial 


AGRICULTURE IN THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY 



Fertilizer use in 
developing countries 

Kilograms per hectare 
of crop land 

(ZD 1988-90 
□ 2010 


Sub-Saharan Africa 
11 
21 

North Africa and 
Near East 

m 

175 


South Asia 

m 

138 

East Asia 
(excluding China) 

79 

128 

Latin America and 
Caribbean 

Tl 

117 


Sustainable production 

Working towards eliminating 
undernutrition and food 
insecurity in developing 
countries is only one of the 
two main tasks that have to 
be undertaken in order to 
feed present and future 
generations. The other is the 
need to safeguard the 
productive potential and 
broader environmental 
functions of agricultural 
resources. 

The FAO Forest Resources 
Assessment of tropical 
countries in 1990 estimated 
their annual deforestation to he 
about 15.4 million hectares or 
0.8 percent of the total tropical 


forest area. Agricultural 
expansion is a major 
contributor to deforestation and 
is expected to continue to be so. 
Tlie impact of the expansion of 
crop production need not be 
great. More deforestation is 
likely to continue, however, as a 
resulr of the extension of 
grazing and of informal, 
unrecorded - often slash-and- 
burn - agriculture. Both 
deforestation and the draining 
of wetlands for agriculture will 
reduce biological diversity. 

Water 

Demand for water is expected 
to grow in years to come, hut 
Africa and Asia are already 


experiencing an increasing 
shortage in the availability of 
water per caput. In many 
countries throughout the world 
water resources are scarcer 
than land availability. The need 
to increase agricultural 
production will accentuate 
pressures on water; the 
resulting scarcity may drive up 
prices beyond economic levels 
for crops in some areas. 
Meanwhile over-extraction of 
groundwater, particularly in 
the Near East and large areas 
of South Asia, is causing water 
levels to fall beneath the reach 
of the shallow tubewells used 
for irrigation, or leading to 
intrusions of salt water which 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyrighte ‘"material 


AGRICULTURE IN THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY 



In the future, the 
current problems 
of water distribution 
and resource and 
environmental 
degradation are likely 
to Increase. 


make it unsuitable for crop 
production. Water 
contamination from a 
number of sources including 
fertilizers, pesticides and the 
effluents of intensive livestock 
units and fish farms, is likely 
to increase. 

The problem of land 
degradation is also likely to 
grow. Degradation from 
“nutrient mining” - denuding 


soils of major nutrients such as 
nitrogen and phosphorus and 
micronurrients such as boron 
and manganese - is serious in 
many countries, but most acute 
in sub-Saharan Africa. 

Poverty is a major driving 
force behind rural 
environmental damage, as more 
and more people try to extract 
a living out of dwindling 
resources, producing a risk of a 
vicious circle of human 
deprivation and resource 
degradation. But it is not 
exclusively to blame. 

Wealthier areas of the world, 
such as Western Europe and 


Reducing and eliminating 
rural poverty is the most 
effective way both to tackle 
hunger and to promote 
development, concludes the 
FAO study World 
Agriculture: Towards 2010. 

It says, “Only a combination 
of faster, poverty reducing 
development and public 
policy, both national and 
international, will ultimately 


Rural illiteracy rates 
Percentages 


0 20 40 60 80 100 


Sub-Saharan 

Africa 


North Africa 
and Near East 


South Asia 


China 


Rest of 
East Asia 

Latin America 
and Caribbean 



I I Female 
Male 

Saun# (MSCO 



Rural poverty 

improve access to food by the 
poor and eliminate chronic 
undernutrition.” 

Increasing agricultural 
production as such will not 
end hunger since poor people 
may not be able to afford to 
buy the food that is 
produced; increasing the 
output in countries highly 
dependent on agriculture will, 
however, boost rural incomes 
and thus reduce poverty and 
assist development, since 
most of the world’s poorest 
people depend on agriculture 
as the main source of their 
income. 

Policies that neglected 
agriculture and promoted 
inappropriate technologies 
and management practices 
arc now discredited. The 
FAO study calls for the 
shifting of technology from 
such “hardware" solutions as 
large doses of pesticides or 
building terraces w ith 
machines, to “solutions based 
on more sophisticated, 
knowledge and information- 
intensive resource 


North America, have also 
suffered resource 
degradation, including soil 
erosion, water pollution and 
deforestation. They have 
responded, in part, by 
changing policies and 
incentives and by increasing 
investment. Most important 
of all, they have devised 
technological options and 
innovation and have 
educated land users in how 
to protect the resource base 
while increasing productivity. 
This is the same challenge 
facing many developing 
countries today. 


management practices which 
can lower both off-farm costs 
and environmental 
pressures”. New policies and 
institutional measures will be 
needed to help farmers, 
forest users and fishcrfolk 
pursue sustainable 
agricultural and rural 
development. 

Access to land, through 
land reform, is a major factor 
in poverty alleviation and 
agricultural growth. Progress 
so far has been limited, but 
the case for reform remains 
strong on both efficiency and 
equity grounds. The poor in 
agriculture need better access 
to rural finance and better 
marketing services. And 
they need education, training 
and technical assistance to 
help them to be open to the 
new and profitable 
innovations that will be 
especially necessary in the 
transition to sustainable 
development. In this there is 
a role both for direct 
government intervention and 
for private sector initiatives. 


I(M 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE DIMENSIONS OF NEED | 


Sharing the world’s resources 



L ess than one-quarter of the 
world’s people, those who 
live in the developed countries 
of both West and Hast, 
consume 80 percent of the 
energy and metals and 
85 percent of the paper used 
each year. Three countries, the 
United States, Germany and 
Japan, together produce more 
than half of the planet’s 
economic output, while the 
450 million people of sub- 
Saharan Africa share about the 
same amount as the 10 million 
who live in Belgium. 

The high consumption and 
high productivity of the 
industrialized countries need to 
be balanced by a shift in 
investment, research and 
development, productive 
capacity, and management and 
other skills to the developing 
world. At the same time, the 
developed countries need to 
become more efficient by 
reducing waste and paying the 
full price of goods and raw 
materials imported from 
developing countries. 


The intensive use of energy 
by the industrialized countries 
causes pollution and contributes 
to global warming, while the 
overnutrition of many of their 
people causes disease and death. 
Poverty in many developing 
countries leads people to cut 
down forests, damage 
watersheds and degrade the 
land, while undernutrition also 
kills and gravely damages 
health. A more equitable 
sharing of resources would 
assist development and help 
reduce critical pressures on the 
environment in developed and 
developing countries alike. 

The 1992 UN Conference 
on Environment and 
Development, the Earth 
Summit, focused world 
attention on sustainability and 
natural resources, and set out 
in Agenda 21 a plan of action 
for future global partnerships. 
FAO played a major role in 
drafting Agenda 21 and has 
been designated the “task 
manager” for following up 
many of its resolutions. 


The Organization’s primary 
responsibilities cover land 
resources, forests, mountain 
ecosystems, and sustainable 
agriculture and rural 
development. But it is also 
involved in water resources, 
control of desertification, 
conservation of biological 
diversity, oceans and coastal 
issues, and the provision of 
information tor decision 
making. FAO promotes joint 
activities and programmes to 


The richest quarter of 
the world’s population 
accounts for more than 
three-quarters of 
consumption of many 
natural resources. At 
the other end of the 
spectrum, the poor 
satisfy their Immediate 
needs by destroying 
their local resources - 
slash-and-burn 
agriculture, Mexico 
(below). 









Per caput energy 
consumption, 1991 

Kilograms of oil equivalent 

5 000 and over 
CZD 3000-4999 
CZZ! 1 500 - 2 999 
CZZ 500-1 499 
H Under 500 
I I Insufficient data 


Figures are for commercufly traded energy o«y 
Bruvlanes of n«wns tormrt wee 1991 
(*» ftxmtf » ogoBUwd. « forwer Crocito jJuneua, 
Erttreal aro shown n grey. 

Source UKOP 


DIMENSIONS CH MID FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyrighted? material 


SHARING THE WORLD’S RESOURCES 



Terraced farmland, 
Nepal. FAO supports 
many programmes 
designed to meet the 
particular needs of 
mountain areas such 
as this, and their 
inhabitants. 


encourage the exchange of 
information, to help develop 
common strategies and to 
consolidate and analyse 
information for presentation to 
the Commission for 
Sustainable Development 
established as a result of the 
Earth Summit. It also chairs 
UN sub-committees on oceans 
and water resources that 
coordinate the implementation 
of the corresponding 

Agenda 21 chapters. 


Diagnosing information for 
sound decision making is a 
major objective of Agenda 21. 
EAO is developing indicators 
of sustainable agriculture and 
rural development (SARD) for 
a number of areas including 
forest management (with the 
International Tropical Timber 
Organization) and land quality 
(with the World Bank). It is 
promoting the design and 
application of measures to 
assist countries in analysing 
the effects of economic 
development on environmental 
and social systems. 

FAO is supporting efforts to 
strengthen international 
cooperation and the exchange 
of information on such issues 
as watershed management and 
development of appropriate 
farming systems. It is helping 
to formulate national action 
plans and investment 
programmes: encouraging the 
participation of representatives 
from mountain communities in 
national development 
planning; and is promoting 


the conservation and 
development of the 
technologies and cultures of 
mountain areas. 

FAO is assisting many 
countries in sustainable 
agricultural development. It 
promotes the conservation and 
sustainable use of plant and 
animal genetic resources for 
food and agriculture, fosters 
sustainable rural energy 
production and extends the 
application of integrated pest 
management, integrated 
systems for plant nutrition 
and other cost-effective, 
environment-friendly 
technologies. It encourages the 
wise use of natural resources 
through land and water 
m a n ágeme n t progra m mes . 

FAO helps to obtain 
investment intended to meet 
these objectives and direct it to 
resource users. It has also 
developed agro-ecological zone 
mapping, evaluating land 
potential and matching soils, 
climate and environment to 
crop requirements. 



Per caput food 
production, 1988-93 

Average percentage 
rates of change 
Increase: 

M More than 5.00 CZI 0 - 1 .00 
■i 3.01 - 5.00 
1.01-3.00 
□ 0 . 01 - 1.00 


I Insufficient 


d 1.01-2.00 

H 2.01 - 4.00 
M 4.01 - 10.00 
More than 10.00 


Boundaries cT newry- loaned ruinai un former USSR, 
o ferme» VuijojIb.im in formar C/eciwtiwaua, Erflraei 
are tfwwn w ye* 


IOh 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


DIMENSIONS Of NEED 


Global warming 




Earth's 

surface radiated 
nèsti'mfra-œd 
radiation) back * 
into atmosphere 


Burning of 
fossil fuels 


Oceans warm 
water evaporate* 
and vapour adds 
to heat trap 


About 30 percent 
of infra-red radiation 
escapes back 
into space 


A griculture depends on the 
climate more than any 
other human activity, and so 
is particularly vulnerable to 
climatic change. The 
Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change (IPCC) 
estimates that as a result of 
increasing human-induced 
emissions of carbon dioxide, 
methane, nitrous oxide and 
other “greenhouse gases”, 
average temperatures may 
climb by about 0.3 degrees 
centigrade per decade over 
the next century, while sea 
levels could rise by at least 
2-4 centimetres per decade. 
This will have an impact, still 
to be quantified, on 
agriculture, forestry, fisheries, 
food security, biodiversity 
and rural environmental 
conditions. 

Not all of the effects of 
global warming would be 
harmful to agriculture. Higher 
concentrations of carbon 


dioxide can have a fertilizing 
effect under optimal growing 
conditions: 1 0-20 percent of 
improved crop productivity 
over the past century could be 
the result of the gradual 
increase in the level of the gas; 
and crop productivity could 
increase further, by up to 
30 percent, if the 
concentration of carbon 
dioxide doubles as foreseen 
over the next 50 years. It 
could also offset the damage 
done to plant growth by other 
pollutants, and increase the 
efficiency with which crops use 

water. Rising temperatures 
could increase the yield of 
some plants, while diminishing 
others. Rainfall could also 
increase, by about 10 percent, 
but its distribution and 
intensity would change; some 
areas would benefit, others 
would be harmed, bur it is not 
yet certain which ones. 

Overall, global warming is 


expected to add to the 
difficulties of increasing food 
production. The weather and 
climate would become more 
unpredictable, making farming 
and planning more difficult. 
Present agricultural zones 
would shift, sometimes by 
hundreds of kilometres in 
latitude and by hundreds of 
metres in altitude on hills and 
mountains. Some plant and 
animal species, particularly 
those such as trees w ith long 
life cycles, might not be able 
to adjust to this and poorer 
farmers, in particular, would 
find it hard to adapt. Fishing 
areas may also shift, leading 
to disruption, although the 
overall productivity of the 
oceans might stay about the 
same. Diseases and pests 
would possibly increase. 
Biological diversity could be at 
risk in natural environments 
such as tropical forests and 
mangroves. And the rise in sea 


Naturally occurring 
greenhouse gases 
keep the earth warm 
enough to be 
habitable. Increasing 
their concentrations 
and adding new ones 
will gradually make 
the earth quile a 
different place. 


Potential changes in 
surface temperature 
according to the 
Intergovernmental 
Panel on Climate 
Change (IPCC) 

Degrees centigrade 

— Observed average 
temperature g 

IPCC scenario: 

Best estimate 4 

I I Range of 



DIMI.NMONS Ol Mill FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


CopyrightedWaterial 


GLOBAL WARMING 



According to the best 
estimate by the 
Intergovernmental 
Panel on Climate 
Change, if present 
trends continue, sea 
levels may rise by 
about 40 centimetres 
by the end of the next 
century. Small island 
states, such as the 
Bahamas, Maldives 
and Tonga, will be 
most affected. 


Greenhouse gases 


Concentration of greenhouse gases in 
the atmosphere 

Parts per million 


Contribution of greenhouse gases to 
global warming, 1980-90 

Percentages 



1959 65 70 75 80 85 90 1990 2000 2025 2050 2100 


Sourve PCC 


levels would increase flooding, 
submerging or waterlogging 
coastal plains which are 
among the most productive, 
and highly populated, lands. 

Global warming is likely to 
accentuate the existing 
imbalance in world food 
production between the 
developed and developing 
countries. Cooler, temperate 
Deforestation reduces regions - home to the 
a vital store of carbon industrialized countries - are 
dtoxWe. expected to receive most of the 



benefits from global warming, 
while tropical and subtropical 
ones are likely to suffer most. 
Farmers in wealthier countries 
are also most likely to be able 
to adapt to climate change. 
Sub-Saharan Africa, where 
food production already lags 
behind the rest of the world, is 
expected to be hardest hit. 

Carbon dioxide (COj) is the 
most important greenhouse gas 
after water vapour. Much 
atmospheric C0 2 originates 
from use of fossil fuels for the 
production of energy in 
industrialized countries but 
about 30 percent has been 
estimated to result from 
deforestation and other land 
use practices such as rangeland 
burning. Some 35 percent of 
worldwide methane emissions 
are now estimated to arise 
from fermentation in rice 
paddies and in the digestive 


systems of cattle and other 
ruminants. And agriculture, 
including the application of 
nitrogenous fertilizers, may 
account for as much as 
90 percent of nitrous oxide 
emissions. 

The growth of carbon 
dioxide in the atmosphere can 
be slowed by reducing the rate 
of deforestation. Using biofuels 
derived from plants, instead of 
fossil fuels, will also reduce 
these emissions. Changes in 
land management techniques 
such as reforestation would 
stimulate the annual terrestrial 
uptake of atmospheric C0 2 
and its storage in the organic- 
matter of arable or grassland 
soils. FAO is helping 
governments and people to 
reduce emissions of methane 
and nitrous oxide, which 
have no positive effects on 
plant growth, by improving 
the use of nitrogenous 
fertilizer, modifying irrigated 
rice cultivation and feeding 
cattle a well-balanced diet - 
including, for example, straw' 
treated with urea - that 
produces less methane than 
diets of untreated roughage. 

The Organization also 
monitors the condition of 
tropical forests, helps to 
combat deforestation and 
promotes the planting of trees. 
It is developing plans for 
preparing for disasters and 
early warning systems for 
droughts, outbreaks of pests 
and diseases, and other 
“extreme events" affecting 
food and agriculture. It is 
promoting the development of 
more resilience in agriculture: 
for example, by encouraging 
diversification and developing 
improved crop varieties and 
animal breeds. And it is 
stimulating further research to 
assess the impact of global 
warming on food production. 


I OK 


FOOD ANO AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE I »t\|l NMONs Ol NULD t | 


The challenge of 
sustainability 




“Sustainable 
development Is 
pro-people, pro-jobs 
and pro-nature” 
Human Development 
Report 1994. 


T here are five root causes of 
unsustainable agricultural 
practices and degradation of 
the rural environment: 

Policy failure 

Leading among the causes of 
unsustainable agriculture are 
inadequate or inappropriate 
policies which include pricing, 
subsidy and tax policies which 
have encouraged the excessive, 
and often uneconomic, use of 
inputs such as fertilizers and 
pesticides, and the 
overexploitation of land. They 
may also include policies that 
favour farming systems which 
are inappropriate both to the 
circumstances of the farming 
community and available 
resources. 

Rural inequalities 

Rural people often know best 
how to conserve their 
environment, but they may 


need to overexploit resources 
in order to survive. Meanwhile 
commercial exploitation by 
large landowners and 
companies often causes 
environmental degradation in 
pursuit of higher profits. 

Resource imbalances 

Almost all of the future 
growth in the world's 
population will be in 
developing countries and 
the biggest increases will be 
in the poorest countries of 
all, those least equipped to 
meet their own needs or invest 
in the future. 

Unsustainable technologies 

New technologies have boosted 
agricultural production 
worldwide, but some have had 
harmful side effects which 
must be contained and 
reversed, such as resistance of 
insects to pesticides, land 


degradation through wind or 
water erosion, nutrient 
depletion or poor irrigation 
management and the loss of 
biological diversity. 


Trade relations 

As the value of raw materials 
exported by developing 
countries has fallen, their 
governments have sought to 
boost income by expansion of 
crop production and timber 
sales that have damaged the 
environment. 


In the long term, 
increasing food 
production depends on 
using natural 
resources sustainably, 
not destroying them. 



OIMI NSIONS (» M i l) FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyright^ raterial 


THE CHALLENGE OF SUSTAINABILITY 


I 


Drylands 


M ost of the 20 million 

square kilometres of the 
world's drylands - which 
support 500 million people - 
are subject to degradation; 
some 60 000 square 



kilometres of land are lost 
each year. The main strategies 
for sustainable agriculture and 
rural development must be to 
create employment locally and 
to find alternatives to 
practices which overexploit 
the land. Low-cost soil and 
water conservation measures 
are needed, while the pressure 
on fuelwood can be reduced 
by tapping other local sources 
of energy, such as wind and 
biogas. Planting legume-based 
crops and trees, which fix 
their own nitrogen, can 
reverse the depletion of soil 
nutrients and reduce the need 
for mineral fertilizers. 


Proposals for progress 


FAO proposes a choice of four key 
strategies to attain sustainable 
agriculture and rural development. The 
first two promote intensification; the 
third and fourth arc applicable when 
limits on natural resources or 
environmental or socio-economic 
constraints make this unsustainable. 

Intensification through specialization This 
is mainly suited to land with high crop 
potential. It depends on the judicious 
use of external inputs such as pesticides 
and fertilizers combined with improved 
agricultural and related practices. 

The introduction of improved 
soil management, integrated pest 
management and efficient waste 
management all promote sustainability. 

Intensification through diversification This 
is suited to a wider range of conditions. 
Mixed cropping systems, plus improved 
management techniques, help promote 
maximum efficiency in natural resource 
use. Diversification can minimize 
environmental and socio-economic 
risks, assist waste recycling and reduce 
the need for external inputs. 


Combining on-farm and off-farm activities 
Promoting additional sources of income 
can limit pressure on natural resources. 

Extensive systems Suited to marginal 
areas, or ones with low agricultural 
potential, they can either be specialized 
(as in ranching) or diversified (as in 
shifting cultivation). Few external inputs 
arc used, so integrated pest management, 
water management, and the 
conservation and maintenance of soil 
fertility are particularly important. The 
sustainability of these systems depends 
on having low population densities and 
only light pressure on natural resources. 

Three objectives should guide the choice 
between these options: 

• improving efficiency in the use of 
resources and inputs; 

• increasing the resilience of 
agriculture and producers to adverse 
socio-economic and environmental 
conditions; 

• promoting diversity, through varied 
farming systems that help spread the 
farmer’s risks or the use of areas for 
other purposes, such as forestry. 


Overgrazing can be 
reduced by encouraging 
greater control over the use 
of resources and increasing 
rhe offtake of livestock by- 
improving market networks. 
The reduction or removal of 
subsidies and other actions 
that reduce the cost of 
maintaining livestock can 
also encourage greater 
offtake. Growing hay, 
development of leguminous 
forage and rhe promotion of 
species of trees and shrubs 
that arc productive during 
the dry season can provide 
alternative sources of feed 
and alleviate shortages. 

Irrigated land 

A bout 35 percent of all 
irrigated land - the major 
source of cereals and export 
crops - is at risk of salinization 
because of poor management. 
Efficient use of water can be 
promoted by local farmers 
participating in drainage and 
irrigation design, improved 
training and water pricing 
policies that curb excessive use. 
Small-scale schemes planned 
and implemented by local 
institutions can reduce many 
irrigation problems if backed 
by national policies that 
effectively support appropriate 
technologies, credit, marketing, 
energy supplies and 
maintenance of equipment. 



no 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE I >IMLNSlO\S OF NIU> 



THE CHALLENGE OF SUSTAINABILITY 



Tropical forests 

H umid and semi*humid 
forests support 1 000 
million people and are the 
world’s largest biomass 
reservoir, but their 
sustainability is threatened 
by the removal of trees and 
the degradation of 
watersheds. Most of this is 
caused by clearing for 
agriculture, which is 
unsustainable either 
because the fertility of the 
soil is low or because the 
methods of cultivation are 
unsuitable. 

To meet the needs of their 
increasing populations, most 
developing countries will 
need to convert some of their 
forest areas for agricultural 
use, but this needs to be done 
on the basis of land use 
planning that ensures that it is 
sustainable. 

The pace of deforestation 
will be slowed only by 
ensuring that the conservation 
and management of forest 
resources are more attractive 
to local people than their 
destruction, and thar 
commercial interests use 
forest land in a sound, 
sustainable way. 

Options to help achieve 
this include agroforestry 
involving food crops and trees; 
the sustainable harvesting of 
non-wood forest products; 
and sustainable forest 
management and timber 
harvesting. 


The Den Bosch Declaration 


In April 1991, KAO held a 
conference on agriculture 
and the environment, with 
the cooperation of the 
Netherlands Government, 
attended by senior 
government officials and 
experts from some 120 
countries. It adopted the Den 
Bosch Declaration calling for 
“ fundamental changes” in 
development policies and 
strategies so as to meet the 
world’s increasing need for 
food without degrading the 
environment. These changes 
included: 

• the participation of rural 
people in the research and 
development of systems for 
more efficient management of 
the natural resources 
available to the farmer; 

• devolving the responsibility 
and authority for decision 
making to the local level, 
rather than relying on “top 
down” administration; 


• allocating clear and fair 
legal rights and obligations 
on the use of land and other 
natural resources, including 
land reforms as necessary; 

• investing in improving, 
rehabilitating and conserving 
natural resources; 

• adjusting economic and 
agricultural policies and 
instruments to promote 
production systems and 
technologies that can help 
attain sustainability; 

• encouraging demand and 
providing incentives that 
favour crops and animals 
that can be produced and 
processed sustainably; 

• promoting practices, 
production and processing 
systems that pay particular 
attention to safeguarding 
health and the quality of the 
environment; 

• promoting opportunities in 
rural areas to earn 
livelihoods off the farm. 


Hill and mountain areas 


T he world’s highlands cover 
10 million square 
kilometres, and serve as 
watersheds for far more. In 
Asia, for example, some 
9 million square kilometres of 
downstream land is at risk of 
flooding as a result of 
highland degradation. The 
central objectives must be to 
raise farm productivity using 
low-cost technologies, and to 
reduce population pressure. 
Policies that promote 
employment in agriculture and 
opportunities for income 
outside it are recommended. 
Perennial tree and shrub 
crops, and mixing crops and 
livestock, provide sustainable 
alternatives to shifting 
agriculture and produce higher 
incomes from far less land. 

Sustainable forest 
management and agroforestry 
provide fodder, fuelwood and 
timber, and reduce erosion. 
Moderate slopes should be 
reserved for horticultural and 
fodder crops, steep ones for 


tree crops - possibly through 
incentives and regulations. 
Overgrazing can be countered 
by selling more livestock, 
sterilization and culling, and 
controlling livestock by stall 
feeding. Improved breeds and 
animal health will raise 
productivity, even with fewer 
animals. 

As these areas often have 
poor access, their management 
relies on local initiatives, but 
these must be complemented 
by development of roads, 
hydropower schemes, and 
better credit and marketing. 



DIMENSIONS OF NEED FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyright^ material 



Fair and free trade 



It Is often assumed 
that agricultural trade 
liberalization will 
benefit developing 
countries, but the 
regions that will 
benefit most, in the 
short term, from the 
GATT Agreement on 
Agriculture are among 
the richest in the 
world. 


The present net 
surplus in the 
agricultural trade 
balance of developing 
countries is likely to 
decrease in the future. 



T he Uruguay Round of the 
General Agreement on 
Tariffs and Trade (GATT), 
concluded in December 1993, 
is the first to include the 
liberalization of agricultural 
trade. Its Agreement on 
Agriculture could cut tariffs by 
an average of 36 percent in 
developed countries and 
24 percent in developing ones 
and reduce domestic support 
for producers by 20 percent 
and 13.3 percent respectively. 
Expenditure on export 
subsidies is to be cut by 
36 percent. Developing 
countries have ten years in 
which to make the cuts, 
compared with six for 
developed countries; the least 
developed arc not required to 
make any reductions at all. 

Food prices will rise and this 
will, naturally, benefit 
exporters and hurt importing 
countries. But farmers in 
developing countries may also 
gain because subsidized 
exports from developed 
countries have undercut them, 
reducing production. For the 
same reason, the food security 
of developing countries should 
also improve. There should he 
some reduction in agricultural 
production in the developed 
countries and a slight rise in 
the developing ones, hut the 
total world harvest will hardly 
he affected. 

In all, the value of world 
agricultural trade is expected 
to rise by about I percent. 

Half of this will result from 
higher prices, half from 
increases in volume. The 
Agreement is likely to slow 
down the general decline in the 
growth rate of world trade 
seen since the 1980s - caused 
mainly by decreased imports 
by the main developed 
countries - hut it seems 
unlikely to halt it. 


In fact, the impact of the 
Agreement is expected to be 
comparatively small since it 
represents only partial 
liberalization. The cuts in 
support to agriculture, 
although impressive in 
absolute numbers of dollars, 
are relatively small and are 
spread over a number of years. 
Even after the changes have 
been completed, a large degree 
of distortion will remain in the 
market. The Agreement calls 
for the process of liberalization 
to continue with the long-term 
objective of “substantial 
progressive reductions in 
support and protection, 
resulting in fundamental 
reform". 

The regions that will benefit 
most from the Agreement on 
Agriculture are among the 
richest in the world, while 
many developing countries, 
particularly in Africa, are 
likely to lose from it. 

The implications for 
individual countries of FAO’s 
projections for agricultural 
commodity markets following 
the implementation of the 
Uruguay Round stem from 
changes in market prices, 
new opportunities for exports 
and the extent to which 
external markets may 
influence producers and 
consumers. 

F.xports of developed 
countries in the year 2000 
would he some ÚSS 1 7 000 
million higher as a result of 
the Agreement on Agriculture 
and those of developing 
countries would increase by 
some U$$ 9 300 million. At 
the same time, imports of 
developed countries are 
projected to increase by about 
USS 19 000 million compared 
with an increase of USS 6 400 
million for developing 
countries. The major 



beneficiaries are the great food 
exporting regions of North 
America, the Southwest Pacific 
and Latin America. 

Developing countries will 
face considerable changes in 
world market conditions, and 
they will he hurt by a side-effect 
of liberalization: the erosion in 
the value of the preferences that 
industrialized countries give to 
produce from some developing 
countries. The agricultural 
preferences given by the 
European Union, Japan and the 
United States in 1 992 were 
potentially worth US$ I 900 
million; this is expected to fall 
by nearly half (US$ 800 million) 
as a result of the Uruguay 
Round. Many of the recipients 
of such preferential schemes are 
among the poorest developing 
countries. 

Most African countries tend 
to be importers of food, 
particularly wheat, rice and 


112 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE DIMENSIONS OF NfcEIl 




FAIR AND FREE TRADE 




promotes diversification in 
their export crops. The rise in 
world prices and decrease in 
export subsidies offers them 
an opportunity to reward 
their farmers better in order 
to encourage greater 
production. 

Much of Asia is largely 
self-sufficient in food and its 
agricultural exports are 
expected to increase as a 
result of the Agreement. 

In Latin America and the 
Caribbean a rise in 
agricultural export earnings 
is expected to outweigh 
greatly the increase in the 
cost of food imports, so that 
the region’s favourable 
balance of trade should rise 
from US$ 20 000 million in 
1987-89 to U$$ M 000 
million in the year 2000: 

US$ 2 400 million of this 
estimated increase is ascribed 
to the Uruguay Round. 


Under the GATT 
Agreement on 
Agriculture, food prices 
will rise on the world 
markets. This will 
favour exporting 
countries but also 
offers importing 
countries an 
opportunity to reward 
their farmers and 
reduce imports. 


dairy products, and exporters 
of tropical products such as 
cocoa, coffee and fruit and 
some agricultural raw 
materials. Twenty-eight of 
them arc among the least 
developed and 44 are among 
the low-income food-deficit 
countries. The increases in the 
price of food from temperate 
areas as a result of the 
Agreement are likely to cause 
a substantial rise in their 
import bills; the value of their 
exports would also rise but 
nor by so much. Estimates 

suggest that their US$ 1 000 
million export surplus in all 
agricultural commodities in 
1987-89 will become a deficit 
of USS 500 million in the year 
2000, partly as a result of the 
Uruguay Round. 

Most African countries 
could well have to give greater 
weight to a strategy that 
increases food production and 


Probable evolution of net agricultural trade balance 



Net balance 

Ukety changes 


Net balance 

Likely changes 


(USS million) 

1988/90-2010 


(USS million) 

1988/90-2010 


1988/90 

(percent) 


1988/90 

(percent) 

Coffee 

+7 544 

+ 24 

Pulses 

-194 

+100 or more 

Oilseeds, vegetable 


450 

Cotton, excf. 

-265 

increase, probably 

oils, oil-meals 



cotton textiles 


large 

Sugar 

+3 244 

decline 

Animal fats 

-689 

increase 

Rubber 

♦2 924 

435 

Wool, excl. 


increase, probably 

Cocoa 

+2 211 

+ 24 

wool textiles 


large 

Citrus 

+1 659 

410-20 

Beverages 

-952 


Bananas 

+1 927 

433 

(mostly alcoholic) 



Other fruit 

+1 989 

4100-150 

Meat, eggs 

-1 137 

4100 or more 

Vegetables 

♦1 756 

450-70 

Hides and skins. 

-1 547 

increase, probably 

Tea 

+1 055 

420 

excl. leather products 

large 

Spices 

♦570 

modos» Increase 

Dairy products 

-5 348 

+ 55 

Cassava/other roofs 

+899 

-40 

Cereals 

-15 962 

480 

Vegetable fibres, 

-<-91 

0 or decline 




excl. cotton 






Tobacco 

48 

0 




Other products 

42 498 





(unspecified) 






Subtotal 

432 015 


Sub-total 

-27 011 





NET BALANCE 

4-5 004 



DIMENSIONS Ol NI KI) FOOO AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyrighted material 


Tapping the peace dividend 


World military 
spending in 1992 
(US$ 815 000 
million) equalled 
the income of 
49 percent of the 
world's people 



! ! 
1 1 


T here were hopes when the 
Cold War came to an end 
that reductions in arms 
expenditure, in both 
developed and developing 
countries, would release large 
sums for investment in 
development- This has still to 
happen. 

Global military spending 
has fallen sharply - from a 
peak of US$ 995 000 million 
m |9X"tol/S' •• 
million in 1994 |at constant 
1991 prices). This cut, an 
average of 4 percent a year 
over the period, yielded a 
saving of US$ 935 000 million. 
But little of it has been spent 
on human or sustainable 
development. The United States 
and the countries of the former 
Soviet Union have led the way 
in reducing spending, but in 
the former most of the savings 
have gone to reduce the overall 
budget deficit and national 
debt, while in the latter they 
have been largely swallowed 
up in economic crisis. 

The potential for tapping 
the peace dividend, however, 
remains. Military spending still 
places a large burden on the 
world’s resources and is equal 
to the total income of almost 
half the world’s people. The 
1 994 Httttun Development 
Report estimated that a further 
1 2 percent reduction would 
release enough money to 
provide safe drinking water 
and primary health care 
(including the immunization of 
children) for the entire world 
population, eliminate severe 
undernutririon and cut 
moderate undernutrition by 
half. An earlier report 
estimated that continuing to 
reduce military spending by a 
further 3-4 percent a year 
while earmarking one-quarter 
of the savings for aid, would 
raise official development 



assistance to meet the UN 
target of 0.7 percent of GNP 
and still leave a substantial 
amount to spare for use at 
home. 

Considerable scope also 
exists for tapping the peace 
dividend by cutting military 
expenditure in developing 
countries. Their spending 
rose by 7.5 percent a year 
between I960 and 1987, 
almost three times as fast as 
in developed countries, while 
their share in global 
expenditure more than 
doubled from 7 percent to 
15 percent. So far they have 
undertaken little disarmament. 

The establishment of a 
Global Demilitarization Fund 


under international jurisdiction 
has been proposed by Oscar 
Arias, the former President of 
Costa Rica and winner of the 
1 987 Nobel Peace Prize. He 
suggests using a proportion of 
the peace dividend to achieve 
further cuts in expenditures. 

All countries would commit 
themselves to reducing 
military spending by at least 
3 percent a year: developed 
ones would give perhaps one- 
fifth, and developing countries 
perhaps one-tenth, of their 
savings to the Fund. This 
would then lu* used to reward 
the efforts primarily, but not 
exclusively, of developing 
countries to disarm and 
demobilize. 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE DIM I NSIONS OK NUD , 


114 


TAPPING THE PEACE DIVIDEND 




The peace dividend 


Global military 
expenditures and 
the peace dividend 

USS thousand million, 
1991 prices and 
exchange rates 

I 1 Peace 
dividend 


Military spending: 
1H Industrial 
countries 
■■ Developing 
countries 



1987 88 90 92 94 96 98 2000 


Total military spending in developing countries, 1992 


8 percent of 
military spending: 

Would provide a 
basic family 
planning package to 
all willing couples 
and stabilize world 
population by the 
year 2015. 


US$ 125 000 million 



12 percent of military spending: 

Would provide primary health care for all, 
including immunization ot all children, 
elimination of severe malnutrition and 
reduction of moderate malnutrition by half, 
and provision of safe drinking water for all. 


4 percent of 
military spending: 

Would reduce adutt 
illiteracy by half, 
provide universal 
primary education 
and educate women 
to the same level as 
men. 


Sourer: Human 
Dcv*4op*Wfit Report 1994 



A global tax for development 


As official aid shrinks, development 
experts are proposing new ways of 
raising the money to fund development. 
These could be less dependent on the 
changing priorities of donor countries 
and their governments. Many 
envisage new forms of international 
taxation. 

A global income tax has been 
proposed, as has a world tax on the use 
of such shared resources as the oceans 
(for fishing, transport or mining seabed 
minerals), the Antarctic (for mining) or 
space (for communications satellites). 
There are also various proposals for 
pollution taxes, particularly on 
emissions of carbon dioxide, the main 
contributor to global warming: some 


countries already have domestic carbon 
taxes in place. 

Professor James Tobin (left), winner 
of the 1 98 1 Nobel Prize for Economic 
Sciences, lias proposed a worldwide tax 
on international currency transactions, 
which now amount to ÜSS 1 000 000 
million a day. A levy of just 0.5 percent 
on each transaction would raise over 
USS 1 500 000 million a year. He says 
that such a tax would slow down 
speculative movements of capital, while 
not being heavy enough to deter 
commodity trade or serious 
international capital commitments. The 
proceeds w'ould he devoted to 
international purposes and placed at the 
disposal of international institutions. 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED FOOD ANO AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyrighted 1 ! 1 * aterial 


Promises to keep 



1 


T he Constitution of FAO is 
as relevant now as when it 
was adopted 50 years ago. I’he 
promises made then have still 
to be met in full, but 
considerable progress has been 
made in alleviating hunger and 
poverty. The availability of 
food set against the total 
population of the world has 
increased even though the 
population has more than 
doubled. World agricultural 
production and international 
trade in agricultural products 
have grown dramatically. 

There have been broad gains 
in the standard of living in 
terms of income, health and 
education. 

Despite these gains, millions 
of people, mainly in developing 
countries, still lack the food 
that they need for a healthy, 
productive and active life. At 
the same time, because the 
benefits of past progress have 
not been shared equitably, the 
gap between rich and poor, 
individuals and nations alike, 
has grown wider. Global food 
security, which will ensure that 
everyone has an adequate diet, 
has yet to be put in place. 

The population of the world 
at the time of FAO’s founding 
stood at about 2 500 million 
persons. By FAO s 50th 
Anniversary in 1995, it had 
reached an estimated 5 700 
million. In 2045, the 
Population Division of the 
United Nations has projected 
that it could be between 7 960 
million and II .VI 6 million, 
according to whether one 
assumes a low or high growth 
rate for the years to come. No 
matter which scenario may 
prove the more accurate, one 
thing is certain: in the 
foreseeable future our planet 
must sustain an increasing 
number of people, bringing an 
even greater demand for food. 


clothing, shelter, health care 
and education. 

The existence of poverty and 
hunger is the principal 
challenge facing the world 
community. As the specialized 
agency responsible within the 
United Nations system for 
food, agriculture and rural 
development, FAO clearly has 
a central role in helping meet 
these challenges. In fact, the 
elimination of hunger and the 
establishment of food security 
by means of sustainable 
development arc the driving 
forces underlying the mission 
of the Organization as it 
moves towards a new century. 

In celebrating the 50th 
Anniversary of FAO, its 
Members have chosen to 
reaffirm their dedication to its 
principles and to renew their 
commitment to its mission. 
Setting objectives for food, 
agriculture and rural 
development, and the 
conservation of natural 
resources, this partnership, 
which embraces almost every 
nation in the world, has agreed 
to give due emphasis to: 

• promoting agriculture, 
forestry and fisheries as key 
sectors in the quest for 
sustainable economic 
development; 

• empowering food producers 
and consumers, recognizing 
the importance of those who 
harvest the earth’s natural 
resources and the rights of all 
people to safe, nutritious food; 

• making sustainable use of 
natural resources for 
development thereby meeting 
the responsibility’ as custodians 
of this heritage to present and 
future generations; 

• building a global 
development partnership in 
which all nations and peoples 
can participate in order to 
achieve growth with equity. 



Management and sustainable use of 
natural resources is vital. 



A favourable environment for trade 
needs to be created. 



Consumers should be protected with 
safe, good quality foods. 


116 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE DIMENSIONS OF NEfcD - ( ¡ 


PROMISES TO KEEP 



Using natural resources can provide Food losses con be minimized by 
jobs and incomes to combat poverty. improving storage and preservation. 



All people, particularly women, should be able to participate fully 
in rural development. 



Sustainable use and care of natural 
resources should be rewarded. 



Research capacity must be 
strengthened in developing countries. 



Food security and improved nutritional status for everyone should 

be a priority in national policies and plans. 


DIMENSIONS oi NU!) FOOD AND AGRICULTURE: THE FUTURE 


Copyriglrod material 


INDEX 


body mass index (BMI) 
boreal forests 

location of 


A 

acid rain 69 

Agenda 21 70. 105-6 

Earth Summit 1992 70,86, 95, 105-6 

agricultural 


development support to 
exports 

96=8 

share of all exports 

73 

(world) index 
production, total and 

Z4 

per caput (world) 

35 

products, world trade in 

73-8 

GATT Uruguay Round 78, 1 12 

agriculture 

aid to 

population economically 

96=Z 

active in (by region) 
research and development in 

25 

centres 

84=5 

resources (world) 

82 

shifting focus 

83 

share in GDP (by country) 

Z4 

sustainable 68-70, 103. 

105-6. 109-10 

twenty-first century 

101-4 

agro-ecological zones (AEZs) 
aid 

106 

to agriculture 

food, emergency international 

96-7 

(world) 

Z9 

international flows (by country) 

96 

or trade? 

AIDS 

79 

people at risk from 

11 

profile of family affected by 

animals 

domesticated 

33 

at risk of extinction 

67 

disease In 

88,93 

gene conservation 

70.85 

wild, products from 

60 

apomixis 

88 

aquaculture 

56-7 

growth of (world) 

57 

producers, top (by country) 

52 

research centres 

arable land 

84 

area per caput (world) 

38 

farm family profiles 

31=3 

farming systems 

26=7 

sustainable use of 

110-1 



biogas 

93 

biological diversity 

66-7 

protection of. by biotechnology 

as 

biotechnology 

86-9 

apomixis 

as 

cloning 

as 

cryopreservation 
New World screwworm. 

aa 

eradication of 

as 

resistance to pests and disease 

86, aa 

rice, nitrogen-fixing 

aa 

sterile insect technique (SiT) 

aa 

tomatoes 

aa 


14 

59 


C 


carbohydrates 


in human diet 

13 

cassava 

21.32 

export price indices 

Z5 

trade balance 

113 

children 


in poor families 

29-33 

nutritional risks to 

1Z 

cities 


street foods 

34 

ten largest by 2000 

35 

climate and soils 


crop suitability 

52 

climate change 


global warming 

107-8 

cloning 

86 

self-cloning seeds 

88 

coastal pollution 

69 

cocoa 


export price indices 

Z5 

trade balance 

113 

coffee 


export price indices 

Z5 

trade balance 

113 

commodities 73-8. 112-3 

as aid 

79 

price Indices 

74 

prices 

Z8 

trade after GATT 


Uruguay Round 

78. 112-3 

WTO 

78 

complementary foods 

24 

conservation 


forests 

62-3 

penetic 66-7. 69. 85. 68. 9? 

and GIS 

92 

soil and water 

69 

wildlife 

62 

Consultative Group on 


International Agricultural 


Research (CGIAR centres) 

85 

cotton 


export price indices 

Z5 

trade balance 

113 

critical countries 

50 

crops 


five steps to selection 

52 

origin of staple foods 

21 

production, future of 

101 

research and development 


biotechnology 

8Z=8 

centres 

84=5 

shifting focus of 

83 

shortage forecasts 

20,90 

technology transfer opportunities 94 

traditional varieties 

66 

wheat, share planted 


in modem varieties 

102 

wild 

60 

cryopreservation 

89 


cultivation 

area and land reserves (by region} 61 
cultivators 26. 32 


D 

debt 80- 1 

countries heavily in 81 

external (developing countries) 80 

external, per caput (by country) 8Û 

IMF 80 

deforestation 58-9, 63, 105, 109 
degradation 

environmental 63, 58, 104. 

105&J10 

Den Bosch Declaration 111 

desertification 96, 104 

desert locust 

control of 65, 90 

diet 12=5 

average composition 
(by country) 22=3 

(world) ^ 

contribution of fish to (by region) 53 
disease related to t4-5 

healthy 12=3 

digestion 12 

disease 

diet-related 14, 100 

pesticide resistance 

in plant disease 64 

resistance to pests and 86 

vaccine development 88 

domesticated animals 

at risk 6Z 

disease in 88, 92-3 

drought 

in Africa 18 

and flood, populations at risk from 18 

drylands 

farmers on 2Z 

research centres 84 

sustainable development of 110 


E 

Earth Summit 1992 


Agenda 21 70. 105-6 

biotechnology 88 

technology transfer 95 

ecotourism 83 

elderly people 

nutritional risks to 12 


Emergency Prevention System for 
Transboundary Animal and Plant 
Pests and Diseases (EMPRES) 64-5 
energy 

dietary 

daily calorie intake (by country) 14-5 


expenditure (by age group) 13 

requirements (by age) 13 

fuel 

biogas 95 

consumption (by country) 105 

rural 70, 95 

erosion, soil 38-41.46-9 

exclusive economic 
fishing zones (EEZs) 54-5 

exports 

agricultural 

commodity price indices 75=Z 

share in total (world) Z3 


118 


INDEX DIMENSIONS OF NEED 


INDEX 


total value (world) 24 

trade balance 112 

merchandise, share in primary 
commodities and manufactured 
goods (by country) 24 

F 

famine 18,19,68,29 

GIEWS 20.90 

vulnerable groups 1£ 

fanning systems 

in developing world 26-8 

sustainable 09 

in rural development ZÛ 

fats and edible oils 
effect of GATT Uruguay 
Round on price 28 

export price indices 20 

role in human nutrition 12 

trade balance 113 

fertilizer 

countries critical despite inputs of 50 
and greenhouse effect 1M 

integrated plant nutrition (IPN) ZÛ 
use 

(selected countries) 29 

future (by region) 192 

fish 

as a complementary food 24 

contribution to diet (by region) 52 
farming (aquaculture) 28, 56-7 
production and utilization (world) 52 
fisheries, fishing 52£ 

aquaculture 56-7 

communities, flsherfolk 28, 29 
exclusive economic zones (EEZs) 59 
FAO fishing areas 59 

fishery commissions 54 

freshwater 52. 

major fishing nations 54 

research and development 
centres 84. 

shifting focus of 83 

sea 53, 54 

sustainable 29 

taxation on 119 

technology transfer opportunities 94 
top ten species caught 59 

world trade in fisheries products 73-8 
food 

aid or trade? 79 

availability of 19-20. 116 

biodiversity and 59 

biotechnological development of 88 
diet 

average (world and by country) 22-3 
case studies 29-33 

healthy 12-5 

guide to healthy daily 12 

imports, dependence on 
(by country) 59 

losses, post harvest 111 

policy research 89 

prices 78, 112 

producers 25-8, 116 

production 82 

and global warming 107-8 

(by country) 199 


(by region) 

18 

future prospects 

&L 102 

rate of growth 

HU 

yield (developing countries) 

HU 

right to 

1QQ 

securitv 34-6. 

96. 117 

guidelines 

199 

ingredients for 

34-5 

technology transfer 


opportunities 

24 

shortages 18, 19-20 

staple foods 

21-4 

supplies, per caput (by region) 1GJ 

food aid 

29 

Food and Agriculture Organization 

of the United Nations (FAO) 


history of 

Q-lft 

major information 


systemsyprograrnmes 

34 

structure of 

122 

forests 

5B-63 

CGIAR centres 

S3 

conservation of 

62-3 

deforestation 

59.199 

distribution (by country) 

33 

farmers in 

26,22 

Forest Resources 


Assessment 1990 

192 

non-wood products 

60-3 

export price indices 

25 

forest foods 

24 

forestry 


products 


export price indices 

15 

world trade in 

59,73-8 

research and development 


centres 

84-5 

shifting focus of 

S3 

sustainable 

70,156 

technology transfer 


opportunities 

M 

forest types 


boreal 

53 

mangrove 

fid 

temperate 

58-9 

tropical 

58.111 

world distribution 

58i3 

fuel 


biogas 

35 

energy consumption per caput 

(by country) 

195 

and greenhouse effect 

198 

rural energy sources 

95 


G 

gene banks 59 84-5. B6-7 

General Agreement on Tariffs 
and Trade (GATT) 78. 112 

genetic 

conservation 69, 70, 85, 88, 92 
diversity 66-7 

areas of, and origins of 
areas of, and research centres 84-5 
staple foods 21 

engineering 86-9 

material in biodiversity 59 

Geographic Information 
Systems (GIS) 92i2 


Global Environment Monitoring 
System (GEMS) 99 

Global Information and Early 
Warning System (GIEWS) 20, 99 
global warming 107-8. 115 

greenhouse effect 107-8 

greenhouse gases 198 

Green Revolution 82 

gross domestic product 
(GDP) 

agricultural share in (by country) 24 


gross national product 


(GNP) per caput 


(by country) 

15 

(selected countries) 

HJ 

23 

H 

health care 

114 

and poverty 

15 

herbicides 


weeds resistant to 

64 

high-yielding varieties 


(HYVs) 66, 82i4 

hill and mountain areas 


farmers in 

26.32 

sustainable development of 

111 

home gardens 


food from 

24 

human development 


gaps in 

22 

human rights 

162 

hydrological cycle 

43 

i 

imports 


agricultural trade balance 

113 

food imports, dependence on 


(by country) 

55 

Income 


disparity 

Z2 

in poor families 

29-33 

inland fisheries 

53 

aquaculture in 

51 

production 

52 

inputs, agricultural 

55 

integrated pest management 

(IPM) 64, 68, ZÛ 

integrated plant nutrition 


(IPN) 

29 

International Conference on 


Nutrition (ICN) 

20,39 

International Monetary Fund 


(IMF) 

89 

investment 


in agricultural research 

82 

irrigation 


countries critical despite 


fertilizer and 

39 

farmers using 

22 

future of 

192 

land under 


(by country) 

44-5 

(by region) 

45 

losses 

44 

research centres 

85 

sustainable 70, 110 


DIMENSIONS OF NFFD INDEX 


Copyrighted material 


INDEX 




military spending 


population 


J 


the peace dividend 

114-5 

ability of countries fo support their 



minerals 


(by country) 

sa 

lute 


role in human nutrition 

12 

at risk 

16-8 

production and trade 

zz 

mortality 


cities (world's ten largest by 2000) 35 



infant 

12 

growth (developed vs 


■ 




developing countries) 

35 





urban-rural 

34 

mm 


INI 


world 

101. 116 

labour 


mm 


vs agricultural production 

25 

division of 

25 

New World screwworm 


potato 

68-9.38 

by gender. Africa 

25 

sterile insect technique {SfT) 

89 

biotechnology 

6Z 

land 

46-9 

nutrition 


pests 

64 

how many people can 


human requirements 

12zS 

research centre 

64 

the land support? 

50-2 

level of 

12 

poverty 


reserves and cultivable area 


technology transfer opportunities 94 

dietary risks due to 

IS 

(by region) 

51 



how the poor live 

29-33 

sustainable 




rural 

98, m 

land management 

ZD 

o 


rural and urban 

16 

technology transfer opportunities 94 



prices 


under cultivation 

102 

oils, edible 


commodity, indices 

2Ail 

land use 


effect of GATT Uruguay Round 


food, effect of GATT Uruguay 


capabilities (world) 

52 

on price 

za 

Round on 

78. 112 

five steps to crop selection 

52 

export price indices 

zs 

primary commodities 


remote sensing 

91 

trade balance 

m 

share in exports (by country) 

74 

life expectancy 

Z2 



production 


literacy 


my 


food, prospects for 

66 

adult 

22 



global warming and 


rural illiteracy 

m 

a 


food production 

107-8 

livestock 


pastoralism 

27. 31 

world, indices: jute, 


breeds at risk 

ËD 

peace dividend 

114-5 

rice, shrimp, wheat 

Z61Z 

gene base in 

Da 

people's participation 


proteins 


and greenhouse effect 

ma 

in sustainable agriculture 


role in human nutrition 

13 

meat, export price indices 

Z5 

and rural develooment 66-9. 98. 104. 



pastoral ism 

27,21 

H0-I.116 



research and development 


pesticides 


K 


centres 

as 

resistance in pests 

6á 



shifting focus of 

S3 

safety of 

65. 

radiation 


technology transfer opportunities 24 

species reslslant to 

64 

and remote sensing 

91 

vaccination 

88, 9 3 

usage 

68 

refugees 


locust 


(selected countries) 

es 

number of (by region) 

1Z 

desert, control of 

as 

pests 

64-5 

remote sensing 

90 

Desert Locust Plague 


emergency prevention system 


research/development 


Prevention Group 

2Q 

(EMPRES) 

64 

aoricultural 82-5.86.117 

species, world distribution of 

as 

integrated pest management 


centres of 

84-5 

low-income food-deficit 


(IPM) fi4, 

70.68 

resources 


countries (UFDCs) 

19. 79 

locust 


consumption of 

1Û8 



desert locust 

es 

imbalance 

109 

■ ■ 


Desert Locust Plague 


Invested in research and 


IUI 


Prevention Group 

9Q 

development (world) 

62 

■ VI 


worldwide distribution of 


natural, for rural development ZÛ 

maize 


species 

es 

resource use 105-6. 1 17 

biotechnology 

az 

New World screwworm 

aa 

planning with GIS 

92 

centres of origin 

21 

pest control 64-5. 32 

shared, taxation on 

115 

disease in 

tu 

resistance to 

64, SÊ 

rice 

21 

effect of GATT Uruguay Round 


sterile insect technique (SIT) 

89 

centres of origin of 

21 

on price of 

za 

tsetse fly 

93 

effect of GATT Uruguay Round on Z8 

export price indices 

Z5 

plant disease 


nitrogen-fixing varieties, 


research centre 

64 

pesticide resistance in 

64 

development of 

88 

malnutrition 

14, 1ÛÜ 

plants 


production 

ZS 

mangrove forest 

ec 

biological diversity in 

66 

research centres 

85 

manufactured goods 


biotechnology 

86- 9 

trade in 

Z6 

share in exports (by country) 

Zá 

research and development 

82-5 

rinderpest 

64 

meats 


research centres 

84-5 

vaccine 

88 

effect of GATT Uruguay Round 


resource conservation 

ZQ 

rubber 

6a 

on price 

za 

pollution 


export price indices 

zs 

export price indices 

Z5 

air 

RH-Q 

tapping 

6Q 

trade balance 

m 

marino 68-9. 104 

trade balance 

m 

merchandise 


taxation on 

115 

rural 


share in exports (by country) 

Zá 

water 

43 

energy 

70.95 


120 


INDEX DIMENSIONS OF NF.F.D 


INDEX 


family profiles 

29-.il 

illiteracy rates 

104 

participation 

98.117 

population (selected countries) 9B 

poverty 
vs urban 

104 

population (developing countries) 34 

poverty indicators 
(selected countries) 

IB 


rural development 

and sustainable 

agriculture (SARD) 68-70. 109-11 

people’s participation 68-9. 98. 104. 

HP-1. 116 

technology transfer 
opportunities 94 


S 


salinity 


in irrigated soil 

45 

sanitation 


Africa 

IB 

and poverty 

IB 

satellite 

90. 115 

schooling 


years of 

11 

screwworm, New World 


eradication of 

aa 

sea fisheries 

sa-5 

exclusive economic zones 


(EEZs) 

55 

major fishing nations 

54 

production 

53 

sea fishing areas 

55 

top ten species caught 

55 

sea level 


global warming 

1DB 

seeds 


biotechnology and 

88 

distribution 

85 

Seed Savers Exchange 

66 

Seeds of Hope 

as 

shrimp 


and shrimp products 


production and trade 

TL 

soli 


acid rain and (by area) 

68 

conservation 

63 

degradation 


(by type and region) 

4Z 

major causes of 

42 

severity of (by country) 

46 

erosion 

48 

limits to agriculture 

5ÛJ 

(by region) 

5J 

(world) 

38 

potential for agriculture 

50 

profiles 

40 

resources (map) 

4ÛJ 

soil types/associations 

4J 

structure and texture 

39 

species 


number (by country) 

6 fiiZ 

standard of living 

29-33 , 11 

staple foods 

214 

sterile insect technique (SIT) B9 

sugar 


export price indices 

25 


in diet 

ia 

trade balance 

m 

sustainable agriculture 1D6 

development 

66, 106 

and environment 

110-11 

production, future of 
and rural development 

1Û3 

(SARD) 

68-70. 109-11 

elements for 

ZÛ 

obstacles to 

ioa 

people's participation 

68-9. 98. 104. 
1KHJ-16 

sustainable development 

and the environment 

1Q9J1 

resource use 

105-6.117 

UNCED 

ZOaSBalOB 


T 

taxation 


the peace dividend 

115 

tea 


export price indices 

Z5 

trade balance 

1 13 

technical cooperation among 


developing countries (TCDC) 

04-5 

technology 


biogas 

95 

biological 

R6-q 

harmful side-effects of 

109 

transfers, regional and 


International 

94-5 

temperate forests 


location of 

59 

timber 


export pnce indices 

Z5 

tissue culture 

86 

tourism 


ecological 

B3 

trade 73-8, ti?-3 

agricultural 

m 

(by region) 

ZB 

fair and free 112-3. 1 16 

food aid or 

29 

GATT 

1 12 

relations 

1B9 

role in development 

24 

traditional foods 


revival of 

22. 24 

tree foods 


and home gardens, for 


complementary foods 

24 

tropical forests 


location of 

59 

sustainable development of 

111 

tsetse fly 


management with GIS 

93 


U 


undemutrition 

114. 

(by region) 

18 

(developing regions) 

1 A 

United Nations (UN) 


structure of 

126 

UN Conference on 


Environment and Development 

(UNCED) 

za.as.ufi 


urban 

agglomerations (ten largest cities 
by 2000) 35 

industrial labourer’s family profile 3Û 
poverty 16 

urban-rural population 
(developing countries) 34 

urban-rural poverty indicators 
(least developed countries) 16 

Uruguay Round, GATT ZB. 112-3 
effect on commodity prices ZB 

WTO Z8 


V 

vitamins 


role in human nutrition 

lAf 

13 

w 

water 

42i5 

availability per caput 

43j 182=3 

drinking, access to 

72. 114 

in Africa 

IB 

drinking, and poverty 

IB 

forms of, and distribution 

42-3 

future demand for 

mi 

resource conservation 

ZD 

scarcity and availability 


(by region) 

43 

technology transfer opportunities 94 

world usage (by purpose) 

43 

weeds 


herticide resistance 

64 

wheat 


centre of origin 

21 

effect of GATT Uruguay Round 

on price 

ZB 

production 

Zfi 

research centres 

84. 

share of crop planted 


to modern varieties 

102 

trade in 

Zfi 

wild 


foods and other 


products from the 

24.60 

services from the 

81 

wildlife 


conservation 

62-3 

genetic 

66-7 

women 


gender division of labour 

25 

in poor lamllles 

29i33 

nutritional risks to 

1Z 

participation in rural development 112 

wool 


export pnce Indices 

Z5 

trade balance 

m 

World Bank 

74. 80. 106 

World Food Programme (WFP) Z9 

World Health Organization (WHO) 36 

World Trade Organization (WTO) ZB 

T 

yield 


future increase 

m 


DIMENSIONS OF MID INOEX 


FURTHER INFORMATION 


PUBLISHED IN ROME 
BYFAO 

1984 

Land, Food and People. 

1984 

Sharing Experience for Progress. 

1985 

Fifth World Food Survey. 

1986 

Introduction to Irrigation. 

1989 

Fertilizers and Food Production. 

1989 

Forestry and Nutrition - a Reference 
Manual. 

1989 

Nuclear Strategies in Food and 
Agriculture, 1964-1989. 

1989 

Sustainable Agricultural 
Production: Implications tor 
International Agricultural 
Research. 

1990 

The Conservation and Rehabilitation 
of African Lands. 

1991 

FAO/Netheriands Conference 
on Agriculture and the 
Environment. Report of the 
Conference. 

1991 

Fish for Food and Development. 

1991 

How Good the Earth? 

1991 

The Global Information and Early 
Warning System on Food and 
Agriculture 

1992 

F AO Handbook on TCOC. 

1992 

FAOJWHO International Conference 
on Nutrition. Final Report of the 
Conference. 

1992 

Food and Nutrition: Creating a Well- 
fed World. 

1992 

Forests, Trees and Food. 

1992 

Nutrition, the Global Challenge. 


1992 

Protect and Produce. Putting the 
Pieces Together. 

1992 

Sustainable Development 
and the Environment, FAO 
Policies and Actions, 

Stockholm 1972-Rio 1992. 

1993 

Biotechnology in Agriculture, Forestry 
and Fisheries. 

1993 

Current World Fertilizer Situation 
and Outlook. 1 99091 -199W7. 

1993 

Food Aid in Figures, Vol II. 

1993 

Food and Nutrition in the 
Management of Group Feeding 
Programmes. 

1993 

Harvesting Nature’s Diversity. 

1993 

Rural Poverty Alleviation: Policies 
and Trends. 

1993 

Science and Technology in the Work 
of FAO. 

1993 

World Soil Resources. 

1994 

Cherish the Earth. 

1994 

Communication: A Key to Human 
Development. 

1994 

Global Climatic Change and 
Agricultural Production. 

1994 

Water tor Life. 

1994 

What has /{IDS to do with Agriculture? 

1995 

Commodity Review and Outlook 
1994-95. 

1995 

Fighting Hunger. 

1995 

Food Control and Consumer 
Protection. 

1995 

Food for AH. 


1995 

Impact of the Uruguay Round 
on Agriculture. 

1995 

State of the World's Forests. 

1995 

The Keita Integrated Development 
Project. 

1995 

The State of World Fisheries and 
Aquaculture. 


FAO PERIODICALS 

Ceres. 

DEEP (Development Education 
Exchange Papers). 

FAO Annual Review. 

Food, Nutrition and Agriculture. 

Food Outlook, 

Global Information and Earty 
Warning System on Food and 
Agriculture. 

Foodcrops and Shortages. 

Rural Development (RD). 

TCDC (Technical and 
Economic Cooperation among 
Developing Countries) Newsletter. 

The State of Food and Agriculture. 

Unasytva. 

Yearbook of Fishery Statistics - 
Catches and Landings. 

Yearbook of Fishery Statistics - 
Commodities. 

Yearbook of Forest Products. 
Yearbook of Production. 

Yearbook of Trade. 


OTHERS 

Alexandratos, N. (ed) 

( 1995 ), World Agriculture: 

Towards 2010, An FAO Study, 
Chichester: Food and Agriculture 
Organization of the United Nations/ 
J. Wiley. 

BP ( 1995 ). BP Statistical 
Review of World Energy, 

London: The British Petroleum 
Company. 


122 


FURTHER INFORMATION DIMENSIONS C>E NEED 



FURTHER INFORMATION 


Brown, LR., Kane, H. & Roodman, 
D.M. (1994), mi Signs, 

Worldwatch Institute, London & New 
York: W.W. Norton & Company. 

CGIAR (1994), CGIAR Annual Report 
1993-1994, Washington, D.C.: 
Consultative Group on International 
Agricultural Research. 

Georghiou, G.P. & Sallo, T. (1983), 
Pest Resistance to Pesticides, New 
York: Plenum Press. 

Grigg, D. (1992), The Transformation 
of Agriculture in the West, Oxford: 
Blackwell. 

Hoyt, E. (1992), Conserving the Witd 
Relatives of Crops, Rome: 
IBPGR/IUCN/WWF. 

IPCC (1990), Houghton, J.T. et aJ. 
(eds), Climate Change: The IPCC 
Assessment, Cambridge: Cambridge 
University Press for the 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate 
Change (IPCC). 

IPCC (1992), Houghton, J.T., et al. 
(eds), Climate Change 1992: The 
Supplementary Report to the IPCC 
Scientific Assessment Cambridge: 
Cambridge University Press for the 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate 
Change (IPPC). 

Lean, G. & Hinrichsen, D. 

(1992), Atlas of the Environment, 
Oxford: Helicon. 

Seger, J. (1995), The State of the 
Environment Atlas, London: Penguin. 

UN (1994 rev.) Long-range World 
Population Projections, Two 
Centuries of Population Growth, 
1950-2150, New York: United 
Nations. 

UNDP (1994 and other years). 

Human Development Report 
New York & Oxford: Oxford 
University Press. 

UNEP (1992), One World, 
Environment and Development 
1972 to 1992. Nairobi: 

United Nations Environment 
Programme. 

UNESCO (1992), Environment 
and Development Briefs: 

No. 1 Debt for Nature ; No. 2 Ground 
Water, No.3 New Technologies, 

No. 5 Disaster Reduction -, 

No. 6 Coasts-, No.7 Biodiversity, Paris: 
United Nations Educational, 

Scientific and Cultural 
Organization. 


Wilson, E.0. (1988), Biodiversity, 
Washington. D.C.: Greenpeace 
International. 

World Bank (1994), World Debt 
Tables 1994-95, two vols, 

Washington, D.C.: World Bank. 

World Bank (1995), Global Economic 
Prospects and the Developing 
Countries, Washington, D.C.: Worid 
Bank. 

World Bank (1995), Social Indicators 
of Development, Washington, D.C.: 
World Bank. 

World Bank (1995), The World Bank 
Atlas, Washington, D.C.: Worid Bank. 

World Bank (1995), World Tables 
1995, Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins 
University Press. 

WRI/UNEP/UNDP 

(1994), World Resources 1994-95, A 
Report by the World Resources 
Institute in Collaboration with the 
United Nations Environment 
Programme and the United Nations 
Development Programme, New York 
& Oxford: Oxford University Press. 


DIMENSIONS OF NEED FURTHER INFORMATION 


Copyrighted material 



Countries of the world 


I 

¡ 


This map is for 
identifying countries 
only. The designations 
employed do not imply 
the expression of any 
opinion whatsoever on 
the part of the Food 
and Agriculture 
Organization of the 
United Nations 
concerning the legal 
status of any country, 
territory, city or area, 
or of its authorities, or 
concerning the 
delimitation of its 
frontiers or 
boundaries. 


•A 






I >4 COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrighted material 


COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD 



DIMENSIONS OF NEED COUNTRIES OF TNE WORLD 


Copyright^ material 


The United Nations system 



UN Headquarters, New 
York. The UN is 
involved in every 
aspect of international 
We from peace- 
keeping to the 
environment, from 
children's rights to air 
safety, but It cannot 
legislate. 


T he United Nations (UN) is 
an organization of 
sovereign nations. It provides 
the machinery for its Member 
States to help solve disputes or 
problems, and deal with 
matters of concern to all 
humanity. It does not legislate. 

The International Court of 
Justice (ICJ) is the principal 
judicial organ of the UN. 

The General Assembly is the 

UN’s main deliberative body. 
All Member States are 
represented in it and each has 
one vote. 

The Economic and Social 
Council (liCOSOC) coordinates 
the economic and social work 
of the UN. 

The Security Council has 

primary responsibility for 
maintenance of international 
peace and security. It has five 
permanent members each with 
the right to veto, and ten 
others elected for two-year 
terms. Member States are 
obligated to carry out its 
decisions. 

The Secretariat services all 
organs of the UN except the 
ICJ, doing the day-to-day 
work of the UN, ranging from 
administering peace-keeping 
operations to organizing 
conferences. 

The Secretary-General controls 
and directs the Secretariat, and 
is chief administrative officer 
at all meetings of the General 
Assembly, Security Council, 
ECOSOC and the Trusteeship 
Council. 

The Trusteeship Council was 

established to ensure that 
governments responsible for 
administering Trust 


Territories rook adequate steps 
to prepare them for self- 
government or independence. 
This task having been 
completed in 1 994, the 
Council will now meet as and 
when required. 


• Main and other sessional 
committees 

• Standing committees and 
ad hoc bodies 

• Other subsidiary organs and 
related bodies 

▲ UNRWA United Nations Relief 
and Works Agency for Palestine 
Refugees in the Near East 

a IAEA International Atomic 
Energy Agency 


a INSTRAW International Research 
and Training Institute for the 
Advancement of Women 
a UNCHS United Nations Centre for 
Human Settlements (Habitat) 
a UNCTAD United Nations 
Conference on Trade and 
Development 
a UNDCP United Nations 
International Drug Control 
Programme 

a UNDP United Nations Development 
Programme 

a UNEP United Nations Environment 
Programme 

a UNFPA United Nations Population 
Fund 

a UNHCR Office of the United 
Nations High Commissioner for 
Refugees 

A UNICEF United Nations Children's 
Fund 

a UNIFEM United Nations 
Development Fund for Women 
a UNITAR United Nations Institute for 
Training and Research 
a UNU United Nations University 
a WFC World Food Council 


The specialized agencies and 
programmes have wide 
international responsibilities 
for development, health and 
economic, social, cultural, 
educational, scientific and 
technical, and other fields. 




a WFP World Food Programme 
a ITC International Trade Centre 
UNCTAD/GATT 

• FUNCTIONAL COMMISSIONS 
Commission for Social 
Development 

Commission on Crime Prevention 
and Criminal Justice 
Commission on Human Rights 
Commission on Narcotic Drugs 
Commission on Science and 
Technology for Development 
Commission on Sustainable 
Development 

Commission on the Status of 
Women 

Commission on Population and 

Development 

Statistical Commission 

• REGIONAL COMMISSIONS 
Economic Commission for Africa 
(ECA) 

Economic Commission for Europe 
(ECE) 

Economic Commission for Latin 
America and the Caribbean 
(EClAC) 

Economic and Social Commission 
for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP) 
Economic and Social Commission 
for Western Asia (ESCWA) 

• SESSIONAL AND STANDING 
COMMISSIONS 

• EXPERT. AD HOC 
AND RELATED BODIES 


126 


THE UNITED NATIONS SYSTEM DIMENSIONS OF NEED 

Copyrignieo material 


I 



Principal organs 
of the United Nations 


Security Council 


General Assembly 


Economic and 
Social Council 


International Court 
of Justice 


Secretariat 


Trusteeship Council 


• Military Staff Committee 

• Standing committees and ad hoc 
bodies 

Peace-keeping operations 

▲ Various programmes 


■ ILO International Labour 
Organization 

■ FAO Food and Agriculture 
Organization of the United Nations 

■ UNESCO United Nations 
Educational, Scientific and Cultural 
Organization 

■ WHO World Health Organization 

World Bank Group 

■ IBRD International Bank for 
Reconstruction and Development 

■ IDA International Development 
Association 

■ IFC International Finance 
Corporation 

■ MIGA Multilateral Investment 
Guarantee Agency 

■ IMF International Monetary Fund 

■ ICAO International Civil Aviation 
Organization 

■ UPU Universal Postal Union 

■ ITU International 
Telecommunication Union 

■ WMO World Meteorological 
Organization 

■ IMO International Maritime 
Organization 

■ WIPO World Intellectual Property 
Organization 

■ IFAD International Fund for 
Agricultural Development 

■ UNIDO United Nations Industrial 
Development Organization 

♦ WTO World Trade Organization 


■ FAO Food and Agriculture 
Organization of the 
United Nations 

Agriculture Department 
Animal Production and Animal 
Health 

Nuclear Techniques in Food and 
Agriculture (joint FAO/IAEA) 

Land and Water Development 
Plant Production and Protection 
Agricultural Support Systems 

Economic and Social Department 
Agriculture and Economic 
Development 
Commodities and Trade 
Food and Nutrition 
Statistics 

Fisheries Department 
Fishery Policy and Planning 
Fishery Resources 
Fishery Industries 

Forestry Department 
Forestry Policy and Planning 
Forest Resources 
Forest Products 

Sustainable Development 
Department 

Research, Extension and Training 
Women and People’s 
Participation 

Rural Development and Agrarian 
Reform 

Technical Cooperation Department 
Investment Centre 
Field Operations 
Policy Assistance 

Regional (sub-regional) offices 
Africa (Southern and East Africa) 
Asia and the Pacific (the Pacific 
Islands) 

Latin America and the Caribbean 
(the Caribbean) 

The Near East (North Africa) 
Europe (Central and Eastern 
Europe) 

Liaison offices 
Representations in over 100 
member nations 


KEY: 

▲ United Nations 
programmes and 
organs 

(representative list 
only) 

■ Specialized 
agencies and other 
autonomous 
organizations 
within 
the system 

• Other 
commissions, 
committees and ad 
hoc and related 
bodies 

♦ Cooperative 
arrangements 
between the UN 
and the newly 
established WTO 
are currently under 
discussion 


DIMENSIONS OK NEED THE UNITED NATIONS SYSTEM 


127 

Copyrighted material 



Photography credits 


Page 


12 


N. Brodeur/WFP 

62 

left 

T. loftas 

95 

right, top 

D. Van Tran/FAO 

14 

top 

E. Linusson/FAO 


right 

M. Boulton/FAO 


bottom 

F. Botts/FAO 


bottom 

G. Bizzarri/FAO 

63 

main picture 

S. Nace/ 

97 


L Dematteis/FAO 

15 


Dr R. Clark & 



Panos Pictures 

98 


H. Wagner/FAO 



M. Goff/Sdence 


lower left 

H. Null/FAO 

100 


FAO 



Photo Library 


middle 

M. Boulton/FAO 

102 


R. Faidutti/FAO 

16 


F. Mattioli/FAO 


bottom 

T. Loftas 

104 


R. Cannarsa/FAO 

18 


T. Page/FAO 

64 

from top 

FAO 

105 


F Mattioli/FAO 

25 


FAO 



FAO 

106 


G. d'Onofno/FAO 

26 

top 

F. Mattioli/FAO 



G. Tortoli/FAO 

108 


G. Bizzari/FAO 


left 

P. Gigli/FAO 



N. Cattlin/ 

109 

top 

P. Johnson/FAO 


bottom 

A. Wolstad/FAO 



Holt Studios 


bottom 

G. Bizzarri/FAO 

27 

top 

J. Van Acker/FAO 

65 


G. Tortoli/FAO 

110 

top 

M. Cherry/WFP 


bottom left 

A. Wolstad/FAO 

68 

top 

Seitre/BIOS 


bottom 

R. Faidutti/FAO 


bottom right 

T. Fenyes/FAO 


bottom 

Seitre/BIOS 

111 

top 

G. Bizzarri/FAO 

28 

main picture 

E. Amalove/FAO 

69 

top 

E. Parker/ 


bottom 

A. Odoul/FAO 


left, from top 

T. Kidd/Rex Features 



Still Pictures 

112 

main picture 

F Mattioli/FAO 



F. Botts/FAO 


bottom 

F. Gilson/BIOS 


left 

G. Bizzarri/FAO 



R. Faidutti/FAO 

70 


F. Mattioli/FAO 

114 


A. Zhigailov/ 

29 


J. Arboleda/FAO 

73 


MS in Bodleian 



UNEP- Select 

30 

top 

A. Conti/FAO 



Library/Mary Evans 

115 


copyright The Nobel 


bottom 

T. Fenyes/FAO 



Picture Library 



Foundation 

31 

top 

A. Wolstad/FAO 

76 

top 

C. Boscardi/FAO 

116-7 clockwise 



bottom 

J. Van Acker/FAO 


bottom 

E. Kennedy/FAO 


from top left 

A. Odoul/FAO 

32 

top 

H. Chazine/WFP 

77 

top 

F. Mattioli/FAO 



P Johnson/FAO 


bottom 

P. Johnson/FAO 


bottom 

A. Conti/FAO 



G. Bizzarri/FAO 

33 

top 

P. Johnson/FAO 

78 


J. Van Acker/FAO 



T. Page/FAO 


bottom 

Jenny Matthews 

79 


G. Diana/FAO 



F Mattioli/FAO 

35 


K. Fennestad/FAO 

82 


P. Johnson/FAO 



G. Biuarri/FAO 

38 


F. Botts/FAO 

83 


IAEA/FA0 



P Johnson/FAO 

39 


L. Dematteis/FAO 

84 

left 

F. Botts/FAO 



F Botts/FAO 

42 


M. Marzot/FAO 


top right 

F. Botts/FAO 


centre 

FAO 

44 

from top 

R. Faidutti/FAO 


bottom right 

IAEA/FAO 

126 


FAO 



A. Conti/FAO 

85 


a Diana/FAO 






FAO 

86 

top left 

F. Botts/FAO 




45 


A. Jensen/FAO 


bottom right 

V. Villalobos/FAO 




46 


G. Bizzarri/FAO 

87 

panel, clockwise 





49 

left 

R. Faidutti/FAO 


from left 

P. Johnson/FAO 





right, top 

F. Paladini/FAO 



IAEA/FAO 





bottom 

F. Paladini/FAO 



S. Pierbattista/FAO 




56 

left 

S. Jayara)/FAO 


far right 

J.C. Revy/Science 





main picture 

F. Botts/FAO 



Photo Library 




57 


P. Johnson/FAO 

88 

top: left, 

F. Botts/FAO 




58 

from top 

S. Hanneliua/FAO 


centre 

N. Cattlin/ 






S. Murray/ 



Holt Studios 






Panos Pictures 


bottom: left 

1. de Borghegyi/FAO 






A. Evans/ 


centre 

C. Errath/FAO 






Panos Pictures 

89 

right 

IPGRI 






H. Wilson/ 


right 

S. Pierbattista/FAO 






Panos Pictures 

90 


FAO 






J. Hartley/ 

91 

main image 

FAO 






Panos Pictures 


left, from top 

FAO 




60 

from top 

H. Them/ 



FAO 






UNEP-Select 



FAO 






R. Faidutti/FAO 

93 

top 

FAO 






C. Mossop/FAO 


middle 

FAO 






G. Bizzarri/FAO 


bottom 

R. Faidutti/FAO 





Copyrighted material 


*1 



Dimensions of Need 

An Atlas of Food and Agriculture 


What is a healthy diet and just 
how many of the 5 700 million 
people in the world have one? 
What do they eat and how is it 
produced? Has food production 
risen and can it keep on doing so? 
Is there enough land and water to 
support the world’s increasing 
population and how must 
agriculture adapt to provide 
sustainable food security for 
everyone into the twenty-first 
century? 

Dimensions of Need is 
published to mark the 50th 
Anniversary of the Food and 
Agriculture Organization of the 
United Nations (FAO). Its casy-to- 
read text, exemplified by more 
than 600 photographs, maps, 
charts and diagrams, reviews the 
state of the world’s food resources, 
its agriculture, forests and 
fisheries, and describes the kinds 
of action being taken to conquer 
hunger while protecting and 
conserving the planet's natural 
resources and environment. 


“If understanding leads to 
compassion, then my fervent hope 
is that this hook will help the 
reader understand the principal 
issues int'olved in feeding the 
world. It could make a difference 
to 800 million chronically 
undernourished people. 
Dimensions of Need is about the 
challenges that have, over the past 
SO years, largely shaped FAO. 
They can be summarized in terms 
of inequity, hunger and poverty. ” 


Dr Jacques Diouf 

Director-General of the Food and 
Agriculture Organization of the 
United Nations 


Sponsored by: 

British Overseas Development 
Administration 

Ministère français des Affaires 
étrangères 

Ministerio español de Agricultura, 
Pesca y Alimentación 
Ministry of Agriculture, Nature 
Management and Fisheries, 
and Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 
The Netherlands 
Italian National Committee for 
celebration of the 50th 

Anniversary of the United Nations 


ISBN 93 5-103737-X 


ISBN 92-5-103737-X 


Copyrighted material